LL ADC Functions ¶
LL ADC Functions ¶
- group ADC_LL_Exported_Functions
-
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_SetSamplingTimeCommonChannels
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
sampling_time_y
,
uint32_t
sampling_time
)
¶
-
Set sampling time common to a group of channels.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMPR SMP1 LL_ADC_SetSamplingTimeCommonChannels
SMPR SMP2 LL_ADC_SetSamplingTimeCommonChannels
Note
Unit: ADC clock cycles.
Note
On this STM32 series, sampling time scope is on ADC instance: Sampling time common to all channels. (on some other STM32 families, sampling time is channel wise)
Note
In case of internal channel (VrefInt, TempSensor, …) to be converted: sampling time constraints must be respected (sampling time can be adjusted in function of ADC clock frequency and sampling time setting). Refer to device datasheet for timings values (parameters TS_vrefint, TS_temp, …).
Note
Conversion time is the addition of sampling time and processing time. On this STM32 series, ADC processing time is:
-
12.5 ADC clock cycles at ADC resolution 12 bits
-
10.5 ADC clock cycles at ADC resolution 10 bits
-
8.5 ADC clock cycles at ADC resolution 8 bits
-
6.5 ADC clock cycles at ADC resolution 6 bits
Note
In case of ADC conversion of internal channel (VrefInt, temperature sensor, …), a sampling time minimum value is required. Refer to device datasheet.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
Note
Applicable only on ADC4 instance
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
sampling_time_y – Common sampling time instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
sampling_time – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetSamplingTimeCommonChannels
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
sampling_time_y
)
¶
-
Get sampling time common to a group of channels.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMPR SMP1 LL_ADC_GetSamplingTimeCommonChannels
SMPR SMP2 LL_ADC_GetSamplingTimeCommonChannels
Note
Unit: ADC clock cycles.
Note
On this STM32 series, sampling time scope is on ADC instance: Sampling time common to all channels. (on some other STM32 families, sampling time is channel wise)
Note
Conversion time is the addition of sampling time and processing time. Refer to reference manual for ADC processing time of this STM32 series.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance (ADC4 for this device)
-
sampling_time_y – Common sampling time instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetSamplingTimeCommonChannels
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
sampling_time_y
,
uint32_t
sampling_time
)
¶
- group ADC_LL_Exported_Functions
-
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_SetSamplingTimeCommonChannels
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
sampling_time_y
,
uint32_t
sampling_time
)
-
Set sampling time common to a group of channels.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMPR SMP1 LL_ADC_SetSamplingTimeCommonChannels
SMPR SMP2 LL_ADC_SetSamplingTimeCommonChannels
Note
Unit: ADC clock cycles.
Note
On this STM32 series, sampling time scope is on ADC instance: Sampling time common to all channels. (on some other STM32 families, sampling time is channel wise)
Note
In case of internal channel (VrefInt, TempSensor, …) to be converted: sampling time constraints must be respected (sampling time can be adjusted in function of ADC clock frequency and sampling time setting). Refer to device datasheet for timings values (parameters TS_vrefint, TS_temp, …).
Note
Conversion time is the addition of sampling time and processing time. On this STM32 series, ADC processing time is:
-
12.5 ADC clock cycles at ADC resolution 12 bits
-
10.5 ADC clock cycles at ADC resolution 10 bits
-
8.5 ADC clock cycles at ADC resolution 8 bits
-
6.5 ADC clock cycles at ADC resolution 6 bits
Note
In case of ADC conversion of internal channel (VrefInt, temperature sensor, …), a sampling time minimum value is required. Refer to device datasheet.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
Note
Applicable only on ADC4 instance
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
sampling_time_y – Common sampling time instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
sampling_time – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetSamplingTimeCommonChannels
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
sampling_time_y
)
-
Get sampling time common to a group of channels.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMPR SMP1 LL_ADC_GetSamplingTimeCommonChannels
SMPR SMP2 LL_ADC_GetSamplingTimeCommonChannels
Note
Unit: ADC clock cycles.
Note
On this STM32 series, sampling time scope is on ADC instance: Sampling time common to all channels. (on some other STM32 families, sampling time is channel wise)
Note
Conversion time is the addition of sampling time and processing time. Refer to reference manual for ADC processing time of this STM32 series.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance (ADC4 for this device)
-
sampling_time_y – Common sampling time instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetSamplingTimeCommonChannels
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
sampling_time_y
,
uint32_t
sampling_time
)
- group ADC_LL_Exported_Functions
-
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_SetSamplingTimeCommonChannels
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
sampling_time_y
,
uint32_t
sampling_time
)
-
Set sampling time common to a group of channels.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMPR SMP1 LL_ADC_SetSamplingTimeCommonChannels
SMPR SMP2 LL_ADC_SetSamplingTimeCommonChannels
Note
Unit: ADC clock cycles.
Note
On this STM32 series, sampling time scope is on ADC instance: Sampling time common to all channels. (on some other STM32 families, sampling time is channel wise)
Note
In case of internal channel (VrefInt, TempSensor, …) to be converted: sampling time constraints must be respected (sampling time can be adjusted in function of ADC clock frequency and sampling time setting). Refer to device datasheet for timings values (parameters TS_vrefint, TS_temp, …).
Note
Conversion time is the addition of sampling time and processing time. On this STM32 series, ADC processing time is:
-
12.5 ADC clock cycles at ADC resolution 12 bits
-
10.5 ADC clock cycles at ADC resolution 10 bits
-
8.5 ADC clock cycles at ADC resolution 8 bits
-
6.5 ADC clock cycles at ADC resolution 6 bits
Note
In case of ADC conversion of internal channel (VrefInt, temperature sensor, …), a sampling time minimum value is required. Refer to device datasheet.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
Note
Applicable only on ADC4 instance
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
sampling_time_y – Common sampling time instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
sampling_time – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetSamplingTimeCommonChannels
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
sampling_time_y
)
-
Get sampling time common to a group of channels.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMPR SMP1 LL_ADC_GetSamplingTimeCommonChannels
SMPR SMP2 LL_ADC_GetSamplingTimeCommonChannels
Note
Unit: ADC clock cycles.
Note
On this STM32 series, sampling time scope is on ADC instance: Sampling time common to all channels. (on some other STM32 families, sampling time is channel wise)
Note
Conversion time is the addition of sampling time and processing time. Refer to reference manual for ADC processing time of this STM32 series.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance (ADC4 for this device)
-
sampling_time_y – Common sampling time instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetSamplingTimeCommonChannels
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
sampling_time_y
,
uint32_t
sampling_time
)
ADC DMA management ¶
- group ADC_LL_EF_DMA_Management
-
Functions
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_DMA_GetRegAddr
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
register_sel
)
¶
-
Function to help to configure DMA transfer from ADC: retrieve the ADC register address from ADC instance and a list of ADC registers intended to be used (most commonly) with DMA transfer.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DR RDATA LL_ADC_DMA_GetRegAddr
CDR RDATA_MST LL_ADC_DMA_GetRegAddr
CDR RDATA_SLV LL_ADC_DMA_GetRegAddr
CDR2 RDATA_ALT LL_ADC_DMA_GetRegAddr
Note
These ADC registers are data registers: when ADC conversion data is available in ADC data registers, ADC generates a DMA transfer request.
Note
This macro is intended to be used with LL DMA driver, refer to function “LL_DMA_ConfigAddresses()”. Example: LL_DMA_ConfigAddresses(DMA1, LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1, LL_ADC_DMA_GetRegAddr(ADC1, LL_ADC_DMA_REG_REGULAR_DATA), (uint32_t)&< array or variable >, LL_DMA_DIRECTION_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY);
Note
For devices with several ADC: in multimode, some devices use a different data register outside of ADC instance scope (common data register). This macro manages this register difference, only ADC instance has to be set as parameter.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
register_sel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
(1) Available on devices featuring ADC multimode
-
- Return values :
-
ADC – register address
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_DMA_GetRegAddr
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
register_sel
)
¶
- group ADC_LL_EF_DMA_Management
-
Functions
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_DMA_GetRegAddr
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
register_sel
)
-
Function to help to configure DMA transfer from ADC: retrieve the ADC register address from ADC instance and a list of ADC registers intended to be used (most commonly) with DMA transfer.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DR RDATA LL_ADC_DMA_GetRegAddr
CDR RDATA_MST LL_ADC_DMA_GetRegAddr
CDR RDATA_SLV LL_ADC_DMA_GetRegAddr
CDR2 RDATA_ALT LL_ADC_DMA_GetRegAddr
Note
These ADC registers are data registers: when ADC conversion data is available in ADC data registers, ADC generates a DMA transfer request.
Note
This macro is intended to be used with LL DMA driver, refer to function “LL_DMA_ConfigAddresses()”. Example: LL_DMA_ConfigAddresses(DMA1, LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1, LL_ADC_DMA_GetRegAddr(ADC1, LL_ADC_DMA_REG_REGULAR_DATA), (uint32_t)&< array or variable >, LL_DMA_DIRECTION_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY);
Note
For devices with several ADC: in multimode, some devices use a different data register outside of ADC instance scope (common data register). This macro manages this register difference, only ADC instance has to be set as parameter.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
register_sel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
(1) Available on devices featuring ADC multimode
-
- Return values :
-
ADC – register address
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_DMA_GetRegAddr
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
register_sel
)
- group ADC_LL_EF_DMA_Management
-
Functions
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_DMA_GetRegAddr
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
register_sel
)
-
Function to help to configure DMA transfer from ADC: retrieve the ADC register address from ADC instance and a list of ADC registers intended to be used (most commonly) with DMA transfer.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DR RDATA LL_ADC_DMA_GetRegAddr
Note
These ADC registers are data registers: when ADC conversion data is available in ADC data registers, ADC generates a DMA transfer request.
Note
This macro is intended to be used with LL DMA driver, refer to function “LL_DMA_ConfigAddresses()”. Example: LL_DMA_ConfigAddresses(DMA1, LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1, LL_ADC_DMA_GetRegAddr(ADC1, LL_ADC_DMA_REG_REGULAR_DATA), (uint32_t)&< array or variable >, LL_DMA_DIRECTION_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY);
Note
For devices with several ADC: in multimode, some devices use a different data register outside of ADC instance scope (common data register). This macro manages this register difference, only ADC instance has to be set as parameter.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
register_sel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
ADC – register address
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_DMA_GetRegAddr
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
register_sel
)
Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: ¶
- group ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Common
-
common to several ADC instances
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_SetCommonClock
(
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
,
uint32_t
common_clock
)
¶
-
Set parameter common to several ADC: Clock source and prescaler.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR CKMODE LL_ADC_SetCommonClock
CCR PRESC LL_ADC_SetCommonClock
Note
On this STM32 series, if ADC group injected is used, some clock ratio constraints between ADC clock and AHB clock must be respected. Refer to reference manual.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: All ADC instances of the ADC common group must be disabled. This check can be done with function LL_ADC_IsEnabled() for each ADC instance.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
-
common_clock – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetCommonClock
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
¶
-
Get parameter common to several ADC: Clock source and prescaler.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR CKMODE LL_ADC_GetCommonClock
CCR PRESC LL_ADC_GetCommonClock
Note
To convert prescaler to decimal value, use helper macro LL_ADC_CLOCK_PRESC_TO_DECIMAL_NB()
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalChAdd
(
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
,
uint32_t
path_internal
)
¶
-
Set parameter common to several ADC: measurement path to internal channels (VrefInt, temperature sensor, …). Add paths to the current configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR VREFEN LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalChAdd
CCR VSENSEEN LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalChAdd
CCR VBATEN LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalChAdd
Note
One or several values can be selected. Example: (LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_VREFINT | LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_TEMPSENSOR)
Note
Stabilization time of measurement path to internal channel: After enabling internal paths, before starting ADC conversion, a delay is required for internal voltage reference and temperature sensor stabilization time. Refer to device datasheet. Refer to literal LL_ADC_DELAY_VREFINT_STAB_US . Refer to literals LL_ADC_DELAY_TEMPSENSOR_STAB_US ,
Note
ADC internal channel sampling time constraint: For ADC conversion of internal channels, a sampling time minimum value is required. Refer to device datasheet.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: All ADC instances of the ADC common group must be disabled. This check can be done with function LL_ADC_IsEnabled() for each ADC instance.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
-
path_internal – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalChRem
(
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
,
uint32_t
path_internal
)
¶
-
Set parameter common to several ADC: measurement path to internal channels (VrefInt, temperature sensor, …). Remove paths to the current configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR VREFEN LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalChRem
CCR VSENSEEN LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalChRem
CCR VBATEN LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalChRem
Note
One or several values can be selected. Example: (LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_VREFINT | LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_TEMPSENSOR)
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: All ADC instances of the ADC common group must be disabled. This check can be done with function LL_ADC_IsEnabled() for each ADC instance.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
-
path_internal – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh
(
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
,
uint32_t
path_internal
)
¶
-
Set parameter common to several ADC: measurement path to internal channels (VrefInt, temperature sensor, …).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR VREFEN LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh
CCR VSENSEEN LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh
CCR VBATEN LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh
Note
One or several values can be selected. Example: (LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_VREFINT | LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_TEMPSENSOR)
Note
Stabilization time of measurement path to internal channel: After enabling internal paths, before starting ADC conversion, a delay is required for internal voltage reference and temperature sensor stabilization time. Refer to device datasheet. Refer to literal LL_ADC_DELAY_VREFINT_STAB_US . Refer to literal LL_ADC_DELAY_TEMPSENSOR_STAB_US .
Note
ADC internal channel sampling time constraint: For ADC conversion of internal channels, a sampling time minimum value is required. Refer to device datasheet.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: All ADC instances of the ADC common group must be disabled. This check can be done with function LL_ADC_IsEnabled() for each ADC instance.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
-
path_internal – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetCommonPathInternalCh
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
¶
-
Get parameter common to several ADC: measurement path to internal channels (VrefInt, temperature sensor, …).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR VREFEN LL_ADC_GetCommonPathInternalCh
CCR VSENSEEN LL_ADC_GetCommonPathInternalCh
CCR VBATEN LL_ADC_GetCommonPathInternalCh
Note
One or several values can be selected. Example: (LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_VREFINT | LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_TEMPSENSOR)
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a combination of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetCommonClock
(
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
,
uint32_t
common_clock
)
¶
- group ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Common
-
common to several ADC instances
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_SetCommonClock
(
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
,
uint32_t
common_clock
)
-
Set parameter common to several ADC: Clock source and prescaler.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR CKMODE LL_ADC_SetCommonClock
CCR PRESC LL_ADC_SetCommonClock
Note
On this STM32 series, if ADC group injected is used, some clock ratio constraints between ADC clock and AHB clock must be respected. Refer to reference manual.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: All ADC instances of the ADC common group must be disabled. This check can be done with function LL_ADC_IsEnabled() for each ADC instance.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
-
common_clock – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetCommonClock
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
-
Get parameter common to several ADC: Clock source and prescaler.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR CKMODE LL_ADC_GetCommonClock
CCR PRESC LL_ADC_GetCommonClock
Note
To convert prescaler to decimal value, use helper macro LL_ADC_CLOCK_PRESC_TO_DECIMAL_NB()
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalChAdd
(
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
,
uint32_t
path_internal
)
-
Set parameter common to several ADC: measurement path to internal channels (VrefInt, temperature sensor, …). Add paths to the current configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR VREFEN LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalChAdd
CCR VSENSEEN LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalChAdd
CCR VBATEN LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalChAdd
Note
One or several values can be selected. Example: (LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_VREFINT | LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_TEMPSENSOR)
Note
Stabilization time of measurement path to internal channel: After enabling internal paths, before starting ADC conversion, a delay is required for internal voltage reference and temperature sensor stabilization time. Refer to device datasheet. Refer to literal LL_ADC_DELAY_VREFINT_STAB_US . Refer to literals LL_ADC_DELAY_TEMPSENSOR_STAB_US ,
Note
ADC internal channel sampling time constraint: For ADC conversion of internal channels, a sampling time minimum value is required. Refer to device datasheet.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: All ADC instances of the ADC common group must be disabled. This check can be done with function LL_ADC_IsEnabled() for each ADC instance.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
-
path_internal – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalChRem
(
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
,
uint32_t
path_internal
)
-
Set parameter common to several ADC: measurement path to internal channels (VrefInt, temperature sensor, …). Remove paths to the current configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR VREFEN LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalChRem
CCR VSENSEEN LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalChRem
CCR VBATEN LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalChRem
Note
One or several values can be selected. Example: (LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_VREFINT | LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_TEMPSENSOR)
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: All ADC instances of the ADC common group must be disabled. This check can be done with function LL_ADC_IsEnabled() for each ADC instance.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
-
path_internal – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh
(
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
,
uint32_t
path_internal
)
-
Set parameter common to several ADC: measurement path to internal channels (VrefInt, temperature sensor, …).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR VREFEN LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh
CCR VSENSEEN LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh
CCR VBATEN LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh
Note
One or several values can be selected. Example: (LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_VREFINT | LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_TEMPSENSOR)
Note
Stabilization time of measurement path to internal channel: After enabling internal paths, before starting ADC conversion, a delay is required for internal voltage reference and temperature sensor stabilization time. Refer to device datasheet. Refer to literal LL_ADC_DELAY_VREFINT_STAB_US . Refer to literal LL_ADC_DELAY_TEMPSENSOR_STAB_US .
Note
ADC internal channel sampling time constraint: For ADC conversion of internal channels, a sampling time minimum value is required. Refer to device datasheet.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: All ADC instances of the ADC common group must be disabled. This check can be done with function LL_ADC_IsEnabled() for each ADC instance.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
-
path_internal – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetCommonPathInternalCh
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
-
Get parameter common to several ADC: measurement path to internal channels (VrefInt, temperature sensor, …).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR VREFEN LL_ADC_GetCommonPathInternalCh
CCR VSENSEEN LL_ADC_GetCommonPathInternalCh
CCR VBATEN LL_ADC_GetCommonPathInternalCh
Note
One or several values can be selected. Example: (LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_VREFINT | LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_TEMPSENSOR)
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a combination of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetCommonClock
(
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
,
uint32_t
common_clock
)
- group ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Common
-
common to several ADC instances
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_SetCommonClock
(
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
,
uint32_t
common_clock
)
-
Set parameter common to several ADC: Clock source and prescaler.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR CKMODE LL_ADC_SetCommonClock
CCR PRESC LL_ADC_SetCommonClock
Note
On this STM32 series, if ADC group injected is used, some clock ratio constraints between ADC clock and AHB clock must be respected. Refer to reference manual.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: All ADC instances of the ADC common group must be disabled. This check can be done with function LL_ADC_IsEnabled() for each ADC instance.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
-
common_clock – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetCommonClock
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
-
Get parameter common to several ADC: Clock source and prescaler.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR CKMODE LL_ADC_GetCommonClock
CCR PRESC LL_ADC_GetCommonClock
Note
To convert prescaler to decimal value, use helper macro LL_ADC_CLOCK_PRESC_TO_DECIMAL_NB()
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalChAdd
(
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
,
uint32_t
path_internal
)
-
Set parameter common to several ADC: measurement path to internal channels (VrefInt, temperature sensor, …). Add paths to the current configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR VREFEN LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalChAdd
CCR VSENSEEN LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalChAdd
CCR VBATEN LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalChAdd
Note
One or several values can be selected. Example: (LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_VREFINT | LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_TEMPSENSOR)
Note
Stabilization time of measurement path to internal channel: After enabling internal paths, before starting ADC conversion, a delay is required for internal voltage reference and temperature sensor stabilization time. Refer to device datasheet. Refer to literal LL_ADC_DELAY_VREFINT_STAB_US . Refer to literals LL_ADC_DELAY_TEMPSENSOR_STAB_US ,
Note
ADC internal channel sampling time constraint: For ADC conversion of internal channels, a sampling time minimum value is required. Refer to device datasheet.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: All ADC instances of the ADC common group must be disabled. This check can be done with function LL_ADC_IsEnabled() for each ADC instance.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
-
path_internal – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalChRem
(
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
,
uint32_t
path_internal
)
-
Set parameter common to several ADC: measurement path to internal channels (VrefInt, temperature sensor, …). Remove paths to the current configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR VREFEN LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalChRem
CCR VSENSEEN LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalChRem
CCR VBATEN LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalChRem
Note
One or several values can be selected. Example: (LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_VREFINT | LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_TEMPSENSOR)
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: All ADC instances of the ADC common group must be disabled. This check can be done with function LL_ADC_IsEnabled() for each ADC instance.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
-
path_internal – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh
(
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
,
uint32_t
path_internal
)
-
Set parameter common to several ADC: measurement path to internal channels (VrefInt, temperature sensor, …).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR VREFEN LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh
CCR VSENSEEN LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh
CCR VBATEN LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh
Note
One or several values can be selected. Example: (LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_VREFINT | LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_TEMPSENSOR)
Note
Stabilization time of measurement path to internal channel: After enabling internal paths, before starting ADC conversion, a delay is required for internal voltage reference and temperature sensor stabilization time. Refer to device datasheet. Refer to literal LL_ADC_DELAY_VREFINT_STAB_US . Refer to literal LL_ADC_DELAY_TEMPSENSOR_STAB_US .
Note
ADC internal channel sampling time constraint: For ADC conversion of internal channels, a sampling time minimum value is required. Refer to device datasheet.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: All ADC instances of the ADC common group must be disabled. This check can be done with function LL_ADC_IsEnabled() for each ADC instance.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
-
path_internal – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetCommonPathInternalCh
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
-
Get parameter common to several ADC: measurement path to internal channels (VrefInt, temperature sensor, …).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR VREFEN LL_ADC_GetCommonPathInternalCh
CCR VSENSEEN LL_ADC_GetCommonPathInternalCh
CCR VBATEN LL_ADC_GetCommonPathInternalCh
Note
One or several values can be selected. Example: (LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_VREFINT | LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_TEMPSENSOR)
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a combination of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetCommonClock
(
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
,
uint32_t
common_clock
)
Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: ADC instance ¶
- group ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Instance
-
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_SetPathInternalCh
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
path_internal
)
¶
-
Set parameter on ADC instance scope: measurement path to internal channels. Configure all paths (overwrite current configuration).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OR CHN21SEL LL_ADC_SetPathInternalCh
Note
Stabilization time of measurement path to internal channel: After enabling internal paths, before starting ADC conversion, a delay is required required for analog stabilization. Refer to device datasheet.
Note
ADC internal channel sampling time constraint: For ADC conversion of internal channels, a sampling time minimum value is required. Refer to device datasheet.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
path_internal – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
(1): Specific to ADC instance: ADC4
-
-
void
LL_ADC_SetPathInternalChAdd
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
path_internal
)
¶
-
Set parameter on ADC instance scope: measurement path to internal channels. Add paths to the current configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OR CHN21SEL LL_ADC_SetPathInternalChAdd
Note
Stabilization time of measurement path to internal channel: After enabling internal paths, before starting ADC conversion, a delay is required required for analog stabilization. Refer to device datasheet.
Note
ADC internal channel sampling time constraint: For ADC conversion of internal channels, a sampling time minimum value is required. Refer to device datasheet.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
path_internal – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
(1): Specific to ADC instance: ADC4
-
-
void
LL_ADC_SetPathInternalChRem
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
path_internal
)
¶
-
Set parameter on ADC instance scope: measurement path to internal channels Remove paths to the current configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OR CHN21SEL LL_ADC_SetPathInternalChRem
Note
Stabilization time of measurement path to internal channel: After enabling internal paths, before starting ADC conversion, a delay is required required for analog stabilization. Refer to device datasheet.
Note
ADC internal channel sampling time constraint: For ADC conversion of internal channels, a sampling time minimum value is required. Refer to device datasheet.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
path_internal – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
(1): Specific to ADC instance: ADC4
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetPathInternalCh
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get parameter on ADC instance scope: measurement path to internal channels.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OR CHN21SEL LL_ADC_GetPathInternalCh
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
(1): Specific to ADC instance: ADC4
-
void
LL_ADC_SetCalibrationOffsetFactor
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
input_mode
,
uint32_t
calibration_factor
)
¶
-
Set ADC calibration factor in the mode single-ended or differential (for devices with differential mode available).
Note
This function is intended to set calibration parameters without having to perform a new calibration using LL_ADC_StartCalibration() .
Note
For devices with differential mode available: Calibration of offset is specific to each of single-ended and differential modes (calibration factor must be specified for each of these differential modes, if used afterwards and if the application requires their calibration). Calibration of linearity is common to both single-ended and differential modes (calibration factor can be specified only once).
Note
In case of setting calibration factors of both modes single ended and differential (parameter LL_ADC_IN_SINGLE_DIFF ): both calibration factors must be concatenated. To perform this processing, use helper macro LL_ADC_CALIB_FACTOR_SINGLE_DIFF() .
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be enabled, without calibration on going, without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
input_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_IN_SINGLE_DIFF (1) (1) Parameter unused for this function on this series, kept for compatibility purpose
-
calibration_factor – Value between Min_Data=0x0000 and Max_Data=0xFFFF
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetCalibrationOffsetFactor
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
input_mode
)
¶
-
Get ADC calibration factor in the mode single-ended or differential (for devices with differential mode available).
Note
Calibration factors are set by hardware after performing a calibration run using function LL_ADC_StartCalibration() .
Note
For devices with differential mode available: Calibration of offset is specific to each of single-ended and differential modes Calibration of linearity is common to both single-ended and differential modes
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
input_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_IN_SINGLE_DIFF (1) (1) Parameter unused for this function on this series, kept for compatibility purpose
-
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x0000 and Max_Data=0xFFFF
-
void
LL_ADC_SetCalibrationFactorsBuffer
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
const
uint32_t
*
p_calib_factors_buffer
)
¶
-
Set ADC calibration factors buffer (specific STM32U5, ADC instances: ADC1, ADC2)
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR CALINDEX LL_ADC_SetCalibrationFactorsBuffer
CALFACT LATCH_COEF LL_ADC_SetCalibrationFactorsBuffer
Note
Refer to ref manual for calibration factors management procedure.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be enabled, without calibration on going, without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
p_calib_factors_buffer – Pointer to array of calibration factors, array size 9 elements
-
-
void
LL_ADC_GetCalibrationFactorsBuffer
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
*
p_calib_factors_buffer
)
¶
-
Get ADC calibration factors buffer (specific STM32U5, ADC instances: ADC1, ADC2)
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR CALINDEX LL_ADC_GetCalibrationFactorsBuffer
CALFACT CAPTURE_COEF LL_ADC_GetCalibrationFactorsBuffer
Note
Refer to ref manual for calibration factors management procedure.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be enabled, without calibration on going, without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
p_calib_factors_buffer – Pointer to array of calibration factors, array size 9 elements
-
-
void
LL_ADC_SetCalibrationLinearFactor
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
linearity_word
,
uint32_t
calibration_factor
)
¶
-
Set ADC Linear calibration factor in the mode single-ended.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CALFACT2 LINCALFACT LL_ADC_SetCalibrationLinearFactor
CALFACT2 LINCALFACT LL_ADC_SetCalibrationLinearFactor
Note
This function is intended to set linear calibration parameters without having to perform a new calibration using LL_ADC_StartCalibration() .
Note
On STM32U5, this feature is available on ADC instances: ADC1, ADC2.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be enabled, without calibration on going, without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance (on STM32U5, feature available on ADC instances: ADC1, ADC2)
-
linearity_word – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
calibration_factor – Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x3FFFFFFF
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetCalibrationLinearFactor
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
linearity_word
)
¶
-
Get ADC Linear calibration factor in the mode single-ended.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CALFACT2 LINCALFACT LL_ADC_GetCalibrationLinearFactor
CALFACT2 LINCALFACT LL_ADC_GetCalibrationLinearFactor
Note
Calibration factors are set by hardware after performing a calibration run using function LL_ADC_StartCalibration() .
Note
On STM32U5, this feature is available on ADC instances: ADC1, ADC2.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance (on STM32U5, feature available on ADC instances: ADC1, ADC2)
-
linearity_word – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x3FFFFFFF
-
void
LL_ADC_SetCalibrationExtended
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Set ADC extended calibration (specific STM32U5, ADC instances: ADC1, ADC2)
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR CALINDEX LL_ADC_SetCalibrationExtended
CALFACT LATCH_COEF LL_ADC_SetCalibrationExtended
Note
Extended calibration not available on all devices. Refer to ref manual for calibration factors management procedure.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be ADC enabled.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_SetResolution
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
resolution
)
¶
-
Set ADC resolution. Refer to reference manual for alignments formats dependencies to ADC resolutions.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR RES LL_ADC_SetResolution
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
resolution – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_6B (2) (1): Specific to ADC instance: ADC1, ADC2 (2): Specific to ADC instance: ADC4
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetResolution
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC resolution. Refer to reference manual for alignments formats dependencies to ADC resolutions.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR RES LL_ADC_GetResolution
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_6B (2) (1): Specific to ADC instance: ADC1, ADC2 (2): Specific to ADC instance: ADC4
-
void
LL_ADC_SetDataAlignment
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
data_alignment
)
¶
-
Set ADC conversion data alignment.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR1 ALIGN LL_ADC_SetDataAlignment
Note
Refer to reference manual for alignments formats dependencies to ADC resolutions.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
data_alignment – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetDataAlignment
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC conversion data alignment.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR1 ALIGN LL_ADC_GetDataAlignment
Note
Refer to reference manual for alignments formats dependencies to ADC resolutions.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetLeftBitShift
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
left_bit_shift
)
¶
-
Set ADC conversion data left bit shift.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 LSHIFT LL_ADC_SetLeftBitShift
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
left_bit_shift – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetLeftBitShift
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC conversion data left bit shift.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 LSHIFT LL_ADC_GetLeftBitShift
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetLowPowerMode
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
low_power_mode
)
¶
-
Set ADC low power mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR AUTDLY LL_ADC_SetLowPowerMode
Note
Description of ADC low power modes:
-
ADC low power mode “auto wait”: Dynamic low power mode, ADC conversions occurrences are limited to the minimum necessary in order to reduce power consumption. New ADC conversion starts only when the previous unitary conversion data (for ADC group regular) or previous sequence conversions data (for ADC group injected) has been retrieved by user software. In the meantime, ADC remains idle: does not performs any other conversion. This mode allows to automatically adapt the ADC conversions triggers to the speed of the software that reads the data. Moreover, this avoids risk of overrun for low frequency applications. How to use this low power mode:
-
It is not recommended to use with interruption or DMA since these modes have to clear immediately the EOC flag (by CPU to free the IRQ pending event or by DMA). Auto wait will work but fort a very short time, discarding its intended benefit (except specific case of high load of CPU or DMA transfers which can justify usage of auto wait).
-
Do use with polling: 1. Start conversion,
-
Later on, when conversion data is needed: poll for end of conversion to ensure that conversion is completed and retrieve ADC conversion data. This will trig another ADC conversion start.
-
-
-
ADC low power mode “auto power-off” (feature available on this device if parameter LL_ADC_LP_AUTOPOWEROFF is available): the ADC automatically powers-off after a conversion and automatically wakes up when a new conversion is triggered (with startup time between trigger and start of sampling). This feature can be combined with low power mode “auto wait”.
Note
With ADC low power mode “auto wait”, the ADC conversion data read is corresponding to previous ADC conversion start, independently of delay during which ADC was idle. Therefore, the ADC conversion data can be outdated: does not correspond to the current voltage level on the selected ADC channel.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
low_power_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetLowPowerMode
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC low power mode:
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR AUTDLY LL_ADC_GetLowPowerMode
Note
Description of ADC low power modes:
-
ADC low power mode “auto wait”: Dynamic low power mode, ADC conversions occurrences are limited to the minimum necessary in order to reduce power consumption. New ADC conversion starts only when the previous unitary conversion data (for ADC group regular) or previous sequence conversions data (for ADC group injected) has been retrieved by user software. In the meantime, ADC remains idle: does not performs any other conversion. This mode allows to automatically adapt the ADC conversions triggers to the speed of the software that reads the data. Moreover, this avoids risk of overrun for low frequency applications. How to use this low power mode:
-
It is not recommended to use with interruption or DMA since these modes have to clear immediately the EOC flag (by CPU to free the IRQ pending event or by DMA). Auto wait will work but fort a very short time, discarding its intended benefit (except specific case of high load of CPU or DMA transfers which can justify usage of auto wait).
-
Do use with polling: 1. Start conversion,
-
Later on, when conversion data is needed: poll for end of conversion to ensure that conversion is completed and retrieve ADC conversion data. This will trig another ADC conversion start.
-
-
-
ADC low power mode “auto power-off” (feature available on this device if parameter LL_ADC_LP_AUTOPOWEROFF is available): the ADC automatically powers-off after a conversion and automatically wakes up when a new conversion is triggered (with startup time between trigger and start of sampling). This feature can be combined with low power mode “auto wait”.
Note
With ADC low power mode “auto wait”, the ADC conversion data read is corresponding to previous ADC conversion start, independently of delay during which ADC was idle. Therefore, the ADC conversion data can be outdated: does not correspond to the current voltage level on the selected ADC channel.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetGainCompensation
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
gain_compensation
)
¶
-
Set ADC gain compensation applied to raw converted data.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
GCOMP GCOMPCOEFF LL_ADC_SetGainCompensation
CFGR2 GCOMP LL_ADC_SetGainCompensation
Note
ADC conversion raw data is computed with gain value using the formula: DATA = DATA(raw) * (gain compensation coef) / LL_ADC_GAIN_COMPENSATION_DIV Therefore, value 4096 corresponds to unitary gain gain (gain compensation disabled)
Note
Gain compensation is applied to all ADC conversions (independently of groups or channels).
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
gain_compensation – Gain compensation enable state and value. Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=16393
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetGainCompensation
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get the ADC gain compensation value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
GCOMP GCOMPCOEFF LL_ADC_GetGainCompensation
CFGR2 GCOMP LL_ADC_GetGainCompensation
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=16383
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_SetOffset
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
offset_y
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
offset_level
)
¶
-
Set ADC selected offset number 1, 2, 3 or 4.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OFR1 OFFSET1_CH LL_ADC_SetOffset
OFR1 OFFSET1 LL_ADC_SetOffset
OFR1 OFFSET1_EN LL_ADC_SetOffset
OFR2 OFFSET2_CH LL_ADC_SetOffset
OFR2 OFFSET2 LL_ADC_SetOffset
OFR2 OFFSET2_EN LL_ADC_SetOffset
OFR3 OFFSET3_CH LL_ADC_SetOffset
OFR3 OFFSET3 LL_ADC_SetOffset
OFR3 OFFSET3_EN LL_ADC_SetOffset
OFR4 OFFSET4_CH LL_ADC_SetOffset
OFR4 OFFSET4 LL_ADC_SetOffset
OFR4 OFFSET4_EN LL_ADC_SetOffset
Note
This function set the 2 items of offset configuration:
-
ADC channel to which the offset programmed will be applied (independently of channel mapped on ADC group regular or group injected)
-
Offset level (offset to be computed from the raw converted data).
Note
Offset value can be subtracted or added using separate sign configuration, refer to LL_ADC_SetOffsetSign() .
Note
In case of ADC resolution different of default resolution (14 bit) offset level data requires a specific shift. Use helper macro LL_ADC_OFFSET_SET_LEVEL_RES() .
Note
If a channel is mapped on several offsets numbers, only the offset with the lowest value is considered for the subtraction.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
Note
On STM32U5, some fast channels are available: fast analog inputs coming from GPIO pads (ADC_IN0..5).
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
offset_y – Offset instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_0 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_3 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_5 (3)
-
-
offset_level – Value between Min_Data=0x00000000 and Max_Data=0x01FFFFFF
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetOffsetChannel
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
offset_y
)
¶
-
Get for the ADC selected offset number 1, 2, 3 or 4: Channel to which the offset programmed will be applied (independently of channel mapped on ADC group regular or group injected)
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OFR1 OFFSET1_CH LL_ADC_GetOffsetChannel
OFR2 OFFSET2_CH LL_ADC_GetOffsetChannel
OFR3 OFFSET3_CH LL_ADC_GetOffsetChannel
OFR4 OFFSET4_CH LL_ADC_GetOffsetChannel
Note
Usage of the returned channel number:
-
To reinject this channel into another function LL_ADC_xxx: the returned channel number is only partly formatted on definition of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x. Therefore, it has to be compared with parts of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x or using helper macro LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB() . Then the selected literal LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x can be used as parameter for another function.
-
To get the channel number in decimal format: process the returned value with the helper macro LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB() .
Note
On STM32U5, some fast channels are available: fast analog inputs coming from GPIO pads (ADC_IN0..5).
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
offset_y – Offset instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value corresponds to one of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x with specific formatting, refer to note of this function.
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetOffsetLevel
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
offset_y
)
¶
-
Get for the ADC selected offset number 1, 2, 3 or 4: Offset level (offset to be computed from the raw converted data).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OFR1 OFFSET1 LL_ADC_GetOffsetLevel
OFR2 OFFSET2 LL_ADC_GetOffsetLevel
OFR3 OFFSET3 LL_ADC_GetOffsetLevel
OFR4 OFFSET4 LL_ADC_GetOffsetLevel
Note
Offset value can be subtracted or added using separate sign configuration, refer to LL_ADC_SetOffsetSign() .
Note
In case of ADC resolution different of default resolution (14 bit) offset level data requires a specific shift. Use helper macro LL_ADC_OFFSET_GET_LEVEL_RES() .
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
offset_y – Offset instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x00000000 and Max_Data=0x01FFFFFF
-
void
LL_ADC_SetOffsetSign
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
offset_y
,
uint32_t
offset_sign
)
¶
-
Set for the ADC selected offset number 1, 2, 3 or 4: choose offset sign.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OFR1 OFFSETPOS LL_ADC_SetOffsetSign
OFR2 OFFSETPOS LL_ADC_SetOffsetSign
OFR3 OFFSETPOS LL_ADC_SetOffsetSign
OFR4 OFFSETPOS LL_ADC_SetOffsetSign
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
offset_y – Offset instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
offset_sign – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetOffsetSign
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
offset_y
)
¶
-
Get for the ADC selected offset number 1, 2, 3 or 4: offset sign if positive or negative.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OFR1 OFFSETPOS LL_ADC_GetOffsetSign
OFR2 OFFSETPOS LL_ADC_GetOffsetSign
OFR3 OFFSETPOS LL_ADC_GetOffsetSign
OFR4 OFFSETPOS LL_ADC_GetOffsetSign
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
offset_y – Offset instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetOffsetSignedSaturation
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
offset_y
,
uint32_t
offset_signed_saturation
)
¶
-
Set Signed saturation for the ADC selected offset number 1, 2, 3 or 4: signed offset saturation if enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OFR1 SSAT LL_ADC_SetOffsetSignedSaturation
OFR2 SSAT LL_ADC_SetOffsetSignedSaturation
OFR3 SSAT LL_ADC_SetOffsetSignedSaturation
OFR4 SSAT LL_ADC_SetOffsetSignedSaturation
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
offset_y – Offset instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
offset_signed_saturation – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetOffsetSignedSaturation
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
offset_y
)
¶
-
Get Signed saturation for the ADC selected offset number 1, 2, 3 or 4: signed offset saturation if enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OFR1 SSAT LL_ADC_GetOffsetSignedSaturation
OFR2 SSAT LL_ADC_GetOffsetSignedSaturation
OFR3 SSAT LL_ADC_GetOffsetSignedSaturation
OFR4 SSAT LL_ADC_GetOffsetSignedSaturation
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
offset_y – Offset instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetOffsetUnsignedSaturation
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
offset_y
,
uint32_t
offset_unsigned_saturation
)
¶
-
Set Unsigned saturation for the ADC selected offset number 1, 2, 3 or 4: signed offset saturation if enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OFR1 USAT LL_ADC_SetOffsetUnsignedSaturation
OFR2 USAT LL_ADC_SetOffsetUnsignedSaturation
OFR3 USAT LL_ADC_SetOffsetUnsignedSaturation
OFR4 USAT LL_ADC_SetOffsetUnsignedSaturation
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
offset_y – Offset instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
offset_unsigned_saturation – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetOffsetUnsignedSaturation
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
offset_y
)
¶
-
Get Unsigned saturation for the ADC selected offset number 1, 2, 3 or 4: signed offset saturation if enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OFR1 USAT LL_ADC_GetOffsetUnsignedSaturation
OFR2 USAT LL_ADC_GetOffsetUnsignedSaturation
OFR3 USAT LL_ADC_GetOffsetUnsignedSaturation
OFR4 USAT LL_ADC_GetOffsetUnsignedSaturation
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
offset_y – Offset instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetPathInternalCh
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
path_internal
)
¶
- group ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Instance
-
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_SetPathInternalCh
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
path_internal
)
-
Set parameter on ADC instance scope: measurement path to internal channels. Configure all paths (overwrite current configuration).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OR CHN21SEL LL_ADC_SetPathInternalCh
Note
Stabilization time of measurement path to internal channel: After enabling internal paths, before starting ADC conversion, a delay is required required for analog stabilization. Refer to device datasheet.
Note
ADC internal channel sampling time constraint: For ADC conversion of internal channels, a sampling time minimum value is required. Refer to device datasheet.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
path_internal – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
(1): Specific to ADC instance: ADC4
-
-
void
LL_ADC_SetPathInternalChAdd
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
path_internal
)
-
Set parameter on ADC instance scope: measurement path to internal channels. Add paths to the current configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OR CHN21SEL LL_ADC_SetPathInternalChAdd
Note
Stabilization time of measurement path to internal channel: After enabling internal paths, before starting ADC conversion, a delay is required required for analog stabilization. Refer to device datasheet.
Note
ADC internal channel sampling time constraint: For ADC conversion of internal channels, a sampling time minimum value is required. Refer to device datasheet.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
path_internal – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
(1): Specific to ADC instance: ADC4
-
-
void
LL_ADC_SetPathInternalChRem
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
path_internal
)
-
Set parameter on ADC instance scope: measurement path to internal channels Remove paths to the current configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OR CHN21SEL LL_ADC_SetPathInternalChRem
Note
Stabilization time of measurement path to internal channel: After enabling internal paths, before starting ADC conversion, a delay is required required for analog stabilization. Refer to device datasheet.
Note
ADC internal channel sampling time constraint: For ADC conversion of internal channels, a sampling time minimum value is required. Refer to device datasheet.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
path_internal – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
(1): Specific to ADC instance: ADC4
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetPathInternalCh
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get parameter on ADC instance scope: measurement path to internal channels.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OR CHN21SEL LL_ADC_GetPathInternalCh
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
(1): Specific to ADC instance: ADC4
-
void
LL_ADC_SetCalibrationOffsetFactor
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
input_mode
,
uint32_t
calibration_factor
)
-
Set ADC calibration factor in the mode single-ended or differential (for devices with differential mode available).
Note
This function is intended to set calibration parameters without having to perform a new calibration using LL_ADC_StartCalibration() .
Note
For devices with differential mode available: Calibration of offset is specific to each of single-ended and differential modes (calibration factor must be specified for each of these differential modes, if used afterwards and if the application requires their calibration). Calibration of linearity is common to both single-ended and differential modes (calibration factor can be specified only once).
Note
In case of setting calibration factors of both modes single ended and differential (parameter LL_ADC_IN_SINGLE_DIFF ): both calibration factors must be concatenated. To perform this processing, use helper macro LL_ADC_CALIB_FACTOR_SINGLE_DIFF() .
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be enabled, without calibration on going, without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
input_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_IN_SINGLE_DIFF (1) (1) Parameter unused for this function on this series, kept for compatibility purpose
-
calibration_factor – Value between Min_Data=0x0000 and Max_Data=0xFFFF
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetCalibrationOffsetFactor
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
input_mode
)
-
Get ADC calibration factor in the mode single-ended or differential (for devices with differential mode available).
Note
Calibration factors are set by hardware after performing a calibration run using function LL_ADC_StartCalibration() .
Note
For devices with differential mode available: Calibration of offset is specific to each of single-ended and differential modes Calibration of linearity is common to both single-ended and differential modes
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
input_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_IN_SINGLE_DIFF (1) (1) Parameter unused for this function on this series, kept for compatibility purpose
-
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x0000 and Max_Data=0xFFFF
-
void
LL_ADC_SetCalibrationFactorsBuffer
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
const
uint32_t
*
p_calib_factors_buffer
)
-
Set ADC calibration factors buffer (specific STM32U5, ADC instances: ADC1, ADC2)
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR CALINDEX LL_ADC_SetCalibrationFactorsBuffer
CALFACT LATCH_COEF LL_ADC_SetCalibrationFactorsBuffer
Note
Refer to ref manual for calibration factors management procedure.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be enabled, without calibration on going, without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
p_calib_factors_buffer – Pointer to array of calibration factors, array size 9 elements
-
-
void
LL_ADC_GetCalibrationFactorsBuffer
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
*
p_calib_factors_buffer
)
-
Get ADC calibration factors buffer (specific STM32U5, ADC instances: ADC1, ADC2)
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR CALINDEX LL_ADC_GetCalibrationFactorsBuffer
CALFACT CAPTURE_COEF LL_ADC_GetCalibrationFactorsBuffer
Note
Refer to ref manual for calibration factors management procedure.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be enabled, without calibration on going, without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
p_calib_factors_buffer – Pointer to array of calibration factors, array size 9 elements
-
-
void
LL_ADC_SetCalibrationLinearFactor
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
linearity_word
,
uint32_t
calibration_factor
)
-
Set ADC Linear calibration factor in the mode single-ended.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CALFACT2 LINCALFACT LL_ADC_SetCalibrationLinearFactor
CALFACT2 LINCALFACT LL_ADC_SetCalibrationLinearFactor
Note
This function is intended to set linear calibration parameters without having to perform a new calibration using LL_ADC_StartCalibration() .
Note
On STM32U5, this feature is available on ADC instances: ADC1, ADC2.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be enabled, without calibration on going, without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance (on STM32U5, feature available on ADC instances: ADC1, ADC2)
-
linearity_word – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
calibration_factor – Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x3FFFFFFF
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetCalibrationLinearFactor
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
linearity_word
)
-
Get ADC Linear calibration factor in the mode single-ended.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CALFACT2 LINCALFACT LL_ADC_GetCalibrationLinearFactor
CALFACT2 LINCALFACT LL_ADC_GetCalibrationLinearFactor
Note
Calibration factors are set by hardware after performing a calibration run using function LL_ADC_StartCalibration() .
Note
On STM32U5, this feature is available on ADC instances: ADC1, ADC2.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance (on STM32U5, feature available on ADC instances: ADC1, ADC2)
-
linearity_word – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x3FFFFFFF
-
void
LL_ADC_SetCalibrationExtended
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Set ADC extended calibration (specific STM32U5, ADC instances: ADC1, ADC2)
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR CALINDEX LL_ADC_SetCalibrationExtended
CALFACT LATCH_COEF LL_ADC_SetCalibrationExtended
Note
Extended calibration not available on all devices. Refer to ref manual for calibration factors management procedure.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be ADC enabled.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_SetResolution
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
resolution
)
-
Set ADC resolution. Refer to reference manual for alignments formats dependencies to ADC resolutions.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR RES LL_ADC_SetResolution
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
resolution – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_6B (2) (1): Specific to ADC instance: ADC1, ADC2 (2): Specific to ADC instance: ADC4
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetResolution
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC resolution. Refer to reference manual for alignments formats dependencies to ADC resolutions.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR RES LL_ADC_GetResolution
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_6B (2) (1): Specific to ADC instance: ADC1, ADC2 (2): Specific to ADC instance: ADC4
-
void
LL_ADC_SetDataAlignment
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
data_alignment
)
-
Set ADC conversion data alignment.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR1 ALIGN LL_ADC_SetDataAlignment
Note
Refer to reference manual for alignments formats dependencies to ADC resolutions.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
data_alignment – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetDataAlignment
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC conversion data alignment.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR1 ALIGN LL_ADC_GetDataAlignment
Note
Refer to reference manual for alignments formats dependencies to ADC resolutions.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetLeftBitShift
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
left_bit_shift
)
-
Set ADC conversion data left bit shift.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 LSHIFT LL_ADC_SetLeftBitShift
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
left_bit_shift – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetLeftBitShift
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC conversion data left bit shift.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 LSHIFT LL_ADC_GetLeftBitShift
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetLowPowerMode
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
low_power_mode
)
-
Set ADC low power mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR AUTDLY LL_ADC_SetLowPowerMode
Note
Description of ADC low power modes:
-
ADC low power mode “auto wait”: Dynamic low power mode, ADC conversions occurrences are limited to the minimum necessary in order to reduce power consumption. New ADC conversion starts only when the previous unitary conversion data (for ADC group regular) or previous sequence conversions data (for ADC group injected) has been retrieved by user software. In the meantime, ADC remains idle: does not performs any other conversion. This mode allows to automatically adapt the ADC conversions triggers to the speed of the software that reads the data. Moreover, this avoids risk of overrun for low frequency applications. How to use this low power mode:
-
It is not recommended to use with interruption or DMA since these modes have to clear immediately the EOC flag (by CPU to free the IRQ pending event or by DMA). Auto wait will work but fort a very short time, discarding its intended benefit (except specific case of high load of CPU or DMA transfers which can justify usage of auto wait).
-
Do use with polling: 1. Start conversion,
-
Later on, when conversion data is needed: poll for end of conversion to ensure that conversion is completed and retrieve ADC conversion data. This will trig another ADC conversion start.
-
-
-
ADC low power mode “auto power-off” (feature available on this device if parameter LL_ADC_LP_AUTOPOWEROFF is available): the ADC automatically powers-off after a conversion and automatically wakes up when a new conversion is triggered (with startup time between trigger and start of sampling). This feature can be combined with low power mode “auto wait”.
Note
With ADC low power mode “auto wait”, the ADC conversion data read is corresponding to previous ADC conversion start, independently of delay during which ADC was idle. Therefore, the ADC conversion data can be outdated: does not correspond to the current voltage level on the selected ADC channel.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
low_power_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetLowPowerMode
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC low power mode:
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR AUTDLY LL_ADC_GetLowPowerMode
Note
Description of ADC low power modes:
-
ADC low power mode “auto wait”: Dynamic low power mode, ADC conversions occurrences are limited to the minimum necessary in order to reduce power consumption. New ADC conversion starts only when the previous unitary conversion data (for ADC group regular) or previous sequence conversions data (for ADC group injected) has been retrieved by user software. In the meantime, ADC remains idle: does not performs any other conversion. This mode allows to automatically adapt the ADC conversions triggers to the speed of the software that reads the data. Moreover, this avoids risk of overrun for low frequency applications. How to use this low power mode:
-
It is not recommended to use with interruption or DMA since these modes have to clear immediately the EOC flag (by CPU to free the IRQ pending event or by DMA). Auto wait will work but fort a very short time, discarding its intended benefit (except specific case of high load of CPU or DMA transfers which can justify usage of auto wait).
-
Do use with polling: 1. Start conversion,
-
Later on, when conversion data is needed: poll for end of conversion to ensure that conversion is completed and retrieve ADC conversion data. This will trig another ADC conversion start.
-
-
-
ADC low power mode “auto power-off” (feature available on this device if parameter LL_ADC_LP_AUTOPOWEROFF is available): the ADC automatically powers-off after a conversion and automatically wakes up when a new conversion is triggered (with startup time between trigger and start of sampling). This feature can be combined with low power mode “auto wait”.
Note
With ADC low power mode “auto wait”, the ADC conversion data read is corresponding to previous ADC conversion start, independently of delay during which ADC was idle. Therefore, the ADC conversion data can be outdated: does not correspond to the current voltage level on the selected ADC channel.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetGainCompensation
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
gain_compensation
)
-
Set ADC gain compensation applied to raw converted data.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
GCOMP GCOMPCOEFF LL_ADC_SetGainCompensation
CFGR2 GCOMP LL_ADC_SetGainCompensation
Note
ADC conversion raw data is computed with gain value using the formula: DATA = DATA(raw) * (gain compensation coef) / LL_ADC_GAIN_COMPENSATION_DIV Therefore, value 4096 corresponds to unitary gain gain (gain compensation disabled)
Note
Gain compensation is applied to all ADC conversions (independently of groups or channels).
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
gain_compensation – Gain compensation enable state and value. Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=16393
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetGainCompensation
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get the ADC gain compensation value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
GCOMP GCOMPCOEFF LL_ADC_GetGainCompensation
CFGR2 GCOMP LL_ADC_GetGainCompensation
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=16383
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_SetOffset
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
offset_y
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
offset_level
)
-
Set ADC selected offset number 1, 2, 3 or 4.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OFR1 OFFSET1_CH LL_ADC_SetOffset
OFR1 OFFSET1 LL_ADC_SetOffset
OFR1 OFFSET1_EN LL_ADC_SetOffset
OFR2 OFFSET2_CH LL_ADC_SetOffset
OFR2 OFFSET2 LL_ADC_SetOffset
OFR2 OFFSET2_EN LL_ADC_SetOffset
OFR3 OFFSET3_CH LL_ADC_SetOffset
OFR3 OFFSET3 LL_ADC_SetOffset
OFR3 OFFSET3_EN LL_ADC_SetOffset
OFR4 OFFSET4_CH LL_ADC_SetOffset
OFR4 OFFSET4 LL_ADC_SetOffset
OFR4 OFFSET4_EN LL_ADC_SetOffset
Note
This function set the 2 items of offset configuration:
-
ADC channel to which the offset programmed will be applied (independently of channel mapped on ADC group regular or group injected)
-
Offset level (offset to be computed from the raw converted data).
Note
Offset value can be subtracted or added using separate sign configuration, refer to LL_ADC_SetOffsetSign() .
Note
In case of ADC resolution different of default resolution (14 bit) offset level data requires a specific shift. Use helper macro LL_ADC_OFFSET_SET_LEVEL_RES() .
Note
If a channel is mapped on several offsets numbers, only the offset with the lowest value is considered for the subtraction.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
Note
On STM32U5, some fast channels are available: fast analog inputs coming from GPIO pads (ADC_IN0..5).
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
offset_y – Offset instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_0 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_3 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_5 (3)
-
-
offset_level – Value between Min_Data=0x00000000 and Max_Data=0x01FFFFFF
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetOffsetChannel
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
offset_y
)
-
Get for the ADC selected offset number 1, 2, 3 or 4: Channel to which the offset programmed will be applied (independently of channel mapped on ADC group regular or group injected)
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OFR1 OFFSET1_CH LL_ADC_GetOffsetChannel
OFR2 OFFSET2_CH LL_ADC_GetOffsetChannel
OFR3 OFFSET3_CH LL_ADC_GetOffsetChannel
OFR4 OFFSET4_CH LL_ADC_GetOffsetChannel
Note
Usage of the returned channel number:
-
To reinject this channel into another function LL_ADC_xxx: the returned channel number is only partly formatted on definition of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x. Therefore, it has to be compared with parts of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x or using helper macro LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB() . Then the selected literal LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x can be used as parameter for another function.
-
To get the channel number in decimal format: process the returned value with the helper macro LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB() .
Note
On STM32U5, some fast channels are available: fast analog inputs coming from GPIO pads (ADC_IN0..5).
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
offset_y – Offset instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value corresponds to one of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x with specific formatting, refer to note of this function.
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetOffsetLevel
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
offset_y
)
-
Get for the ADC selected offset number 1, 2, 3 or 4: Offset level (offset to be computed from the raw converted data).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OFR1 OFFSET1 LL_ADC_GetOffsetLevel
OFR2 OFFSET2 LL_ADC_GetOffsetLevel
OFR3 OFFSET3 LL_ADC_GetOffsetLevel
OFR4 OFFSET4 LL_ADC_GetOffsetLevel
Note
Offset value can be subtracted or added using separate sign configuration, refer to LL_ADC_SetOffsetSign() .
Note
In case of ADC resolution different of default resolution (14 bit) offset level data requires a specific shift. Use helper macro LL_ADC_OFFSET_GET_LEVEL_RES() .
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
offset_y – Offset instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x00000000 and Max_Data=0x01FFFFFF
-
void
LL_ADC_SetOffsetSign
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
offset_y
,
uint32_t
offset_sign
)
-
Set for the ADC selected offset number 1, 2, 3 or 4: choose offset sign.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OFR1 OFFSETPOS LL_ADC_SetOffsetSign
OFR2 OFFSETPOS LL_ADC_SetOffsetSign
OFR3 OFFSETPOS LL_ADC_SetOffsetSign
OFR4 OFFSETPOS LL_ADC_SetOffsetSign
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
offset_y – Offset instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
offset_sign – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetOffsetSign
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
offset_y
)
-
Get for the ADC selected offset number 1, 2, 3 or 4: offset sign if positive or negative.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OFR1 OFFSETPOS LL_ADC_GetOffsetSign
OFR2 OFFSETPOS LL_ADC_GetOffsetSign
OFR3 OFFSETPOS LL_ADC_GetOffsetSign
OFR4 OFFSETPOS LL_ADC_GetOffsetSign
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
offset_y – Offset instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetOffsetSignedSaturation
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
offset_y
,
uint32_t
offset_signed_saturation
)
-
Set Signed saturation for the ADC selected offset number 1, 2, 3 or 4: signed offset saturation if enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OFR1 SSAT LL_ADC_SetOffsetSignedSaturation
OFR2 SSAT LL_ADC_SetOffsetSignedSaturation
OFR3 SSAT LL_ADC_SetOffsetSignedSaturation
OFR4 SSAT LL_ADC_SetOffsetSignedSaturation
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
offset_y – Offset instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
offset_signed_saturation – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetOffsetSignedSaturation
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
offset_y
)
-
Get Signed saturation for the ADC selected offset number 1, 2, 3 or 4: signed offset saturation if enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OFR1 SSAT LL_ADC_GetOffsetSignedSaturation
OFR2 SSAT LL_ADC_GetOffsetSignedSaturation
OFR3 SSAT LL_ADC_GetOffsetSignedSaturation
OFR4 SSAT LL_ADC_GetOffsetSignedSaturation
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
offset_y – Offset instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetOffsetUnsignedSaturation
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
offset_y
,
uint32_t
offset_unsigned_saturation
)
-
Set Unsigned saturation for the ADC selected offset number 1, 2, 3 or 4: signed offset saturation if enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OFR1 USAT LL_ADC_SetOffsetUnsignedSaturation
OFR2 USAT LL_ADC_SetOffsetUnsignedSaturation
OFR3 USAT LL_ADC_SetOffsetUnsignedSaturation
OFR4 USAT LL_ADC_SetOffsetUnsignedSaturation
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
offset_y – Offset instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
offset_unsigned_saturation – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetOffsetUnsignedSaturation
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
offset_y
)
-
Get Unsigned saturation for the ADC selected offset number 1, 2, 3 or 4: signed offset saturation if enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OFR1 USAT LL_ADC_GetOffsetUnsignedSaturation
OFR2 USAT LL_ADC_GetOffsetUnsignedSaturation
OFR3 USAT LL_ADC_GetOffsetUnsignedSaturation
OFR4 USAT LL_ADC_GetOffsetUnsignedSaturation
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
offset_y – Offset instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetPathInternalCh
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
path_internal
)
- group ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Instance
-
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_SetPathInternalCh
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
path_internal
)
-
Set parameter on ADC instance scope: measurement path to internal channels. Configure all paths (overwrite current configuration).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OR CHN21SEL LL_ADC_SetPathInternalCh
Note
Stabilization time of measurement path to internal channel: After enabling internal paths, before starting ADC conversion, a delay is required required for analog stabilization. Refer to device datasheet.
Note
ADC internal channel sampling time constraint: For ADC conversion of internal channels, a sampling time minimum value is required. Refer to device datasheet.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
path_internal – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
(1): Specific to ADC instance: ADC4
-
-
void
LL_ADC_SetPathInternalChAdd
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
path_internal
)
-
Set parameter on ADC instance scope: measurement path to internal channels. Add paths to the current configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OR CHN21SEL LL_ADC_SetPathInternalChAdd
Note
Stabilization time of measurement path to internal channel: After enabling internal paths, before starting ADC conversion, a delay is required required for analog stabilization. Refer to device datasheet.
Note
ADC internal channel sampling time constraint: For ADC conversion of internal channels, a sampling time minimum value is required. Refer to device datasheet.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
path_internal – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
(1): Specific to ADC instance: ADC4
-
-
void
LL_ADC_SetPathInternalChRem
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
path_internal
)
-
Set parameter on ADC instance scope: measurement path to internal channels Remove paths to the current configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OR CHN21SEL LL_ADC_SetPathInternalChRem
Note
Stabilization time of measurement path to internal channel: After enabling internal paths, before starting ADC conversion, a delay is required required for analog stabilization. Refer to device datasheet.
Note
ADC internal channel sampling time constraint: For ADC conversion of internal channels, a sampling time minimum value is required. Refer to device datasheet.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
path_internal – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
(1): Specific to ADC instance: ADC4
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetPathInternalCh
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get parameter on ADC instance scope: measurement path to internal channels.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OR CHN21SEL LL_ADC_GetPathInternalCh
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
(1): Specific to ADC instance: ADC4
-
void
LL_ADC_SetCalibrationOffsetFactor
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
input_mode
,
uint32_t
calibration_factor
)
-
Set ADC calibration factor in the mode single-ended or differential (for devices with differential mode available).
Note
This function is intended to set calibration parameters without having to perform a new calibration using LL_ADC_StartCalibration() .
Note
For devices with differential mode available: Calibration of offset is specific to each of single-ended and differential modes (calibration factor must be specified for each of these differential modes, if used afterwards and if the application requires their calibration). Calibration of linearity is common to both single-ended and differential modes (calibration factor can be specified only once).
Note
In case of setting calibration factors of both modes single ended and differential (parameter LL_ADC_IN_SINGLE_DIFF ): both calibration factors must be concatenated. To perform this processing, use helper macro LL_ADC_CALIB_FACTOR_SINGLE_DIFF() .
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be enabled, without calibration on going, without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
input_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_IN_SINGLE_DIFF (1) (1) Parameter unused for this function on this series, kept for compatibility purpose
-
calibration_factor – Value between Min_Data=0x0000 and Max_Data=0xFFFF
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetCalibrationOffsetFactor
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
input_mode
)
-
Get ADC calibration factor in the mode single-ended or differential (for devices with differential mode available).
Note
Calibration factors are set by hardware after performing a calibration run using function LL_ADC_StartCalibration() .
Note
For devices with differential mode available: Calibration of offset is specific to each of single-ended and differential modes Calibration of linearity is common to both single-ended and differential modes
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
input_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_IN_SINGLE_DIFF (1) (1) Parameter unused for this function on this series, kept for compatibility purpose
-
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x0000 and Max_Data=0xFFFF
-
void
LL_ADC_SetCalibrationFactorsBuffer
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
const
uint32_t
*
p_calib_factors_buffer
)
-
Set ADC calibration factors buffer (specific STM32U5, ADC instances: ADC1, ADC2)
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR CALINDEX LL_ADC_SetCalibrationFactorsBuffer
CALFACT LATCH_COEF LL_ADC_SetCalibrationFactorsBuffer
Note
Refer to ref manual for calibration factors management procedure.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be enabled, without calibration on going, without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
p_calib_factors_buffer – Pointer to array of calibration factors, array size 9 elements
-
-
void
LL_ADC_GetCalibrationFactorsBuffer
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
*
p_calib_factors_buffer
)
-
Get ADC calibration factors buffer (specific STM32U5, ADC instances: ADC1, ADC2)
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR CALINDEX LL_ADC_GetCalibrationFactorsBuffer
CALFACT CAPTURE_COEF LL_ADC_GetCalibrationFactorsBuffer
Note
Refer to ref manual for calibration factors management procedure.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be enabled, without calibration on going, without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
p_calib_factors_buffer – Pointer to array of calibration factors, array size 9 elements
-
-
void
LL_ADC_SetCalibrationLinearFactor
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
linearity_word
,
uint32_t
calibration_factor
)
-
Set ADC Linear calibration factor in the mode single-ended.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CALFACT2 LINCALFACT LL_ADC_SetCalibrationLinearFactor
CALFACT2 LINCALFACT LL_ADC_SetCalibrationLinearFactor
Note
This function is intended to set linear calibration parameters without having to perform a new calibration using LL_ADC_StartCalibration() .
Note
On STM32U5, this feature is available on ADC instances: ADC1, ADC2.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be enabled, without calibration on going, without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance (on STM32U5, feature available on ADC instances: ADC1, ADC2)
-
linearity_word – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
calibration_factor – Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x3FFFFFFF
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetCalibrationLinearFactor
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
linearity_word
)
-
Get ADC Linear calibration factor in the mode single-ended.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CALFACT2 LINCALFACT LL_ADC_GetCalibrationLinearFactor
CALFACT2 LINCALFACT LL_ADC_GetCalibrationLinearFactor
Note
Calibration factors are set by hardware after performing a calibration run using function LL_ADC_StartCalibration() .
Note
On STM32U5, this feature is available on ADC instances: ADC1, ADC2.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance (on STM32U5, feature available on ADC instances: ADC1, ADC2)
-
linearity_word – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x3FFFFFFF
-
void
LL_ADC_SetCalibrationExtended
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Set ADC extended calibration (specific STM32U5, ADC instances: ADC1, ADC2)
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR CALINDEX LL_ADC_SetCalibrationExtended
CALFACT LATCH_COEF LL_ADC_SetCalibrationExtended
Note
Extended calibration not available on all devices. Refer to ref manual for calibration factors management procedure.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be ADC enabled.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_SetResolution
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
resolution
)
-
Set ADC resolution. Refer to reference manual for alignments formats dependencies to ADC resolutions.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR RES LL_ADC_SetResolution
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
resolution – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_6B (2) (1): Specific to ADC instance: ADC1, ADC2 (2): Specific to ADC instance: ADC4
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetResolution
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC resolution. Refer to reference manual for alignments formats dependencies to ADC resolutions.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR RES LL_ADC_GetResolution
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_6B (2) (1): Specific to ADC instance: ADC1, ADC2 (2): Specific to ADC instance: ADC4
-
void
LL_ADC_SetDataAlignment
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
data_alignment
)
-
Set ADC conversion data alignment.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR1 ALIGN LL_ADC_SetDataAlignment
Note
Refer to reference manual for alignments formats dependencies to ADC resolutions.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
data_alignment – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetDataAlignment
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC conversion data alignment.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR1 ALIGN LL_ADC_GetDataAlignment
Note
Refer to reference manual for alignments formats dependencies to ADC resolutions.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetLeftBitShift
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
left_bit_shift
)
-
Set ADC conversion data left bit shift.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 LSHIFT LL_ADC_SetLeftBitShift
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
left_bit_shift – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetLeftBitShift
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC conversion data left bit shift.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 LSHIFT LL_ADC_GetLeftBitShift
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetLowPowerMode
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
low_power_mode
)
-
Set ADC low power mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR AUTDLY LL_ADC_SetLowPowerMode
Note
Description of ADC low power modes:
-
ADC low power mode “auto wait”: Dynamic low power mode, ADC conversions occurrences are limited to the minimum necessary in order to reduce power consumption. New ADC conversion starts only when the previous unitary conversion data (for ADC group regular) or previous sequence conversions data (for ADC group injected) has been retrieved by user software. In the meantime, ADC remains idle: does not performs any other conversion. This mode allows to automatically adapt the ADC conversions triggers to the speed of the software that reads the data. Moreover, this avoids risk of overrun for low frequency applications. How to use this low power mode:
-
It is not recommended to use with interruption or DMA since these modes have to clear immediately the EOC flag (by CPU to free the IRQ pending event or by DMA). Auto wait will work but fort a very short time, discarding its intended benefit (except specific case of high load of CPU or DMA transfers which can justify usage of auto wait).
-
Do use with polling: 1. Start conversion,
-
Later on, when conversion data is needed: poll for end of conversion to ensure that conversion is completed and retrieve ADC conversion data. This will trig another ADC conversion start.
-
-
-
ADC low power mode “auto power-off” (feature available on this device if parameter LL_ADC_LP_AUTOPOWEROFF is available): the ADC automatically powers-off after a conversion and automatically wakes up when a new conversion is triggered (with startup time between trigger and start of sampling). This feature can be combined with low power mode “auto wait”.
Note
With ADC low power mode “auto wait”, the ADC conversion data read is corresponding to previous ADC conversion start, independently of delay during which ADC was idle. Therefore, the ADC conversion data can be outdated: does not correspond to the current voltage level on the selected ADC channel.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
low_power_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetLowPowerMode
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC low power mode:
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR AUTDLY LL_ADC_GetLowPowerMode
Note
Description of ADC low power modes:
-
ADC low power mode “auto wait”: Dynamic low power mode, ADC conversions occurrences are limited to the minimum necessary in order to reduce power consumption. New ADC conversion starts only when the previous unitary conversion data (for ADC group regular) or previous sequence conversions data (for ADC group injected) has been retrieved by user software. In the meantime, ADC remains idle: does not performs any other conversion. This mode allows to automatically adapt the ADC conversions triggers to the speed of the software that reads the data. Moreover, this avoids risk of overrun for low frequency applications. How to use this low power mode:
-
It is not recommended to use with interruption or DMA since these modes have to clear immediately the EOC flag (by CPU to free the IRQ pending event or by DMA). Auto wait will work but fort a very short time, discarding its intended benefit (except specific case of high load of CPU or DMA transfers which can justify usage of auto wait).
-
Do use with polling: 1. Start conversion,
-
Later on, when conversion data is needed: poll for end of conversion to ensure that conversion is completed and retrieve ADC conversion data. This will trig another ADC conversion start.
-
-
-
ADC low power mode “auto power-off” (feature available on this device if parameter LL_ADC_LP_AUTOPOWEROFF is available): the ADC automatically powers-off after a conversion and automatically wakes up when a new conversion is triggered (with startup time between trigger and start of sampling). This feature can be combined with low power mode “auto wait”.
Note
With ADC low power mode “auto wait”, the ADC conversion data read is corresponding to previous ADC conversion start, independently of delay during which ADC was idle. Therefore, the ADC conversion data can be outdated: does not correspond to the current voltage level on the selected ADC channel.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetGainCompensation
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
gain_compensation
)
-
Set ADC gain compensation applied to raw converted data.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
GCOMP GCOMPCOEFF LL_ADC_SetGainCompensation
CFGR2 GCOMP LL_ADC_SetGainCompensation
Note
ADC conversion raw data is computed with gain value using the formula: DATA = DATA(raw) * (gain compensation coef) / LL_ADC_GAIN_COMPENSATION_DIV Therefore, value 4096 corresponds to unitary gain gain (gain compensation disabled)
Note
Gain compensation is applied to all ADC conversions (independently of groups or channels).
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
gain_compensation – Gain compensation enable state and value. Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=16393
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetGainCompensation
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get the ADC gain compensation value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
GCOMP GCOMPCOEFF LL_ADC_GetGainCompensation
CFGR2 GCOMP LL_ADC_GetGainCompensation
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=16383
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_SetOffset
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
offset_y
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
offset_level
)
-
Set ADC selected offset number 1, 2, 3 or 4.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OFR1 OFFSET1_CH LL_ADC_SetOffset
OFR1 OFFSET1 LL_ADC_SetOffset
OFR1 OFFSET1_EN LL_ADC_SetOffset
OFR2 OFFSET2_CH LL_ADC_SetOffset
OFR2 OFFSET2 LL_ADC_SetOffset
OFR2 OFFSET2_EN LL_ADC_SetOffset
OFR3 OFFSET3_CH LL_ADC_SetOffset
OFR3 OFFSET3 LL_ADC_SetOffset
OFR3 OFFSET3_EN LL_ADC_SetOffset
OFR4 OFFSET4_CH LL_ADC_SetOffset
OFR4 OFFSET4 LL_ADC_SetOffset
OFR4 OFFSET4_EN LL_ADC_SetOffset
Note
This function set the 2 items of offset configuration:
-
ADC channel to which the offset programmed will be applied (independently of channel mapped on ADC group regular or group injected)
-
Offset level (offset to be computed from the raw converted data).
Note
Offset value can be subtracted or added using separate sign configuration, refer to LL_ADC_SetOffsetSign() .
Note
In case of ADC resolution different of default resolution (14 bit) offset level data requires a specific shift. Use helper macro LL_ADC_OFFSET_SET_LEVEL_RES() .
Note
If a channel is mapped on several offsets numbers, only the offset with the lowest value is considered for the subtraction.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
Note
On STM32U5, some fast channels are available: fast analog inputs coming from GPIO pads (ADC_IN0..5).
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
offset_y – Offset instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_0 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_3 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_5 (3)
-
-
offset_level – Value between Min_Data=0x00000000 and Max_Data=0x01FFFFFF
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetOffsetChannel
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
offset_y
)
-
Get for the ADC selected offset number 1, 2, 3 or 4: Channel to which the offset programmed will be applied (independently of channel mapped on ADC group regular or group injected)
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OFR1 OFFSET1_CH LL_ADC_GetOffsetChannel
OFR2 OFFSET2_CH LL_ADC_GetOffsetChannel
OFR3 OFFSET3_CH LL_ADC_GetOffsetChannel
OFR4 OFFSET4_CH LL_ADC_GetOffsetChannel
Note
Usage of the returned channel number:
-
To reinject this channel into another function LL_ADC_xxx: the returned channel number is only partly formatted on definition of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x. Therefore, it has to be compared with parts of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x or using helper macro LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB() . Then the selected literal LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x can be used as parameter for another function.
-
To get the channel number in decimal format: process the returned value with the helper macro LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB() .
Note
On STM32U5, some fast channels are available: fast analog inputs coming from GPIO pads (ADC_IN0..5).
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
offset_y – Offset instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value corresponds to one of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x with specific formatting, refer to note of this function.
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetOffsetLevel
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
offset_y
)
-
Get for the ADC selected offset number 1, 2, 3 or 4: Offset level (offset to be computed from the raw converted data).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OFR1 OFFSET1 LL_ADC_GetOffsetLevel
OFR2 OFFSET2 LL_ADC_GetOffsetLevel
OFR3 OFFSET3 LL_ADC_GetOffsetLevel
OFR4 OFFSET4 LL_ADC_GetOffsetLevel
Note
Offset value can be subtracted or added using separate sign configuration, refer to LL_ADC_SetOffsetSign() .
Note
In case of ADC resolution different of default resolution (14 bit) offset level data requires a specific shift. Use helper macro LL_ADC_OFFSET_GET_LEVEL_RES() .
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
offset_y – Offset instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x00000000 and Max_Data=0x01FFFFFF
-
void
LL_ADC_SetOffsetSign
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
offset_y
,
uint32_t
offset_sign
)
-
Set for the ADC selected offset number 1, 2, 3 or 4: choose offset sign.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OFR1 OFFSETPOS LL_ADC_SetOffsetSign
OFR2 OFFSETPOS LL_ADC_SetOffsetSign
OFR3 OFFSETPOS LL_ADC_SetOffsetSign
OFR4 OFFSETPOS LL_ADC_SetOffsetSign
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
offset_y – Offset instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
offset_sign – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetOffsetSign
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
offset_y
)
-
Get for the ADC selected offset number 1, 2, 3 or 4: offset sign if positive or negative.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OFR1 OFFSETPOS LL_ADC_GetOffsetSign
OFR2 OFFSETPOS LL_ADC_GetOffsetSign
OFR3 OFFSETPOS LL_ADC_GetOffsetSign
OFR4 OFFSETPOS LL_ADC_GetOffsetSign
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
offset_y – Offset instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetOffsetSignedSaturation
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
offset_y
,
uint32_t
offset_signed_saturation
)
-
Set Signed saturation for the ADC selected offset number 1, 2, 3 or 4: signed offset saturation if enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OFR1 SSAT LL_ADC_SetOffsetSignedSaturation
OFR2 SSAT LL_ADC_SetOffsetSignedSaturation
OFR3 SSAT LL_ADC_SetOffsetSignedSaturation
OFR4 SSAT LL_ADC_SetOffsetSignedSaturation
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
offset_y – Offset instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
offset_signed_saturation – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetOffsetSignedSaturation
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
offset_y
)
-
Get Signed saturation for the ADC selected offset number 1, 2, 3 or 4: signed offset saturation if enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OFR1 SSAT LL_ADC_GetOffsetSignedSaturation
OFR2 SSAT LL_ADC_GetOffsetSignedSaturation
OFR3 SSAT LL_ADC_GetOffsetSignedSaturation
OFR4 SSAT LL_ADC_GetOffsetSignedSaturation
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
offset_y – Offset instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetOffsetUnsignedSaturation
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
offset_y
,
uint32_t
offset_unsigned_saturation
)
-
Set Unsigned saturation for the ADC selected offset number 1, 2, 3 or 4: signed offset saturation if enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OFR1 USAT LL_ADC_SetOffsetUnsignedSaturation
OFR2 USAT LL_ADC_SetOffsetUnsignedSaturation
OFR3 USAT LL_ADC_SetOffsetUnsignedSaturation
OFR4 USAT LL_ADC_SetOffsetUnsignedSaturation
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
offset_y – Offset instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
offset_unsigned_saturation – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetOffsetUnsignedSaturation
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
offset_y
)
-
Get Unsigned saturation for the ADC selected offset number 1, 2, 3 or 4: signed offset saturation if enabled or disabled.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
OFR1 USAT LL_ADC_GetOffsetUnsignedSaturation
OFR2 USAT LL_ADC_GetOffsetUnsignedSaturation
OFR3 USAT LL_ADC_GetOffsetUnsignedSaturation
OFR4 USAT LL_ADC_GetOffsetUnsignedSaturation
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
offset_y – Offset instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetPathInternalCh
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
path_internal
)
Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: group regular ¶
- group ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Group_Regular
-
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetTriggerSource
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
trigger_source
)
¶
-
Set ADC group regular conversion trigger source: internal (SW start) or from external peripheral (timer event, external interrupt line).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR EXTSEL LL_ADC_REG_SetTriggerSource
CFGR EXTEN LL_ADC_REG_SetTriggerSource
Note
On this STM32 series, setting trigger source to external trigger also set trigger polarity to rising edge (default setting for compatibility with some ADC on other STM32 families having this setting set by HW default value). In case of need to modify trigger edge, use function LL_ADC_REG_SetTriggerEdge() .
Note
Availability of parameters of trigger sources from timer depends on timers availability on the selected device.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
trigger_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_GetTriggerSource
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC group regular conversion trigger source: internal (SW start) or from external peripheral (timer event, external interrupt line).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR EXTSEL LL_ADC_REG_GetTriggerSource
CFGR EXTEN LL_ADC_REG_GetTriggerSource
Note
To determine whether group regular trigger source is internal (SW start) or external, without detail of which peripheral is selected as external trigger, (equivalent to “if(LL_ADC_REG_GetTriggerSource(ADC1) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE)”) use function LL_ADC_REG_IsTriggerSourceSWStart .
Note
Availability of parameters of trigger sources from timer depends on timers availability on the selected device.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_IsTriggerSourceSWStart
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC group regular conversion trigger source internal (SW start) or external.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR EXTEN LL_ADC_REG_IsTriggerSourceSWStart
Note
In case of group regular trigger source set to external trigger, to determine which peripheral is selected as external trigger, use function LL_ADC_REG_GetTriggerSource() .
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Value – “0” if trigger source external trigger Value “1” if trigger source SW start.
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetTriggerEdge
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
external_trigger_edge
)
¶
-
Set ADC group regular conversion trigger polarity.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR EXTEN LL_ADC_REG_SetTriggerEdge
Note
Applicable only for trigger source set to external trigger.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
external_trigger_edge – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_GetTriggerEdge
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC group regular conversion trigger polarity.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR EXTEN LL_ADC_REG_GetTriggerEdge
Note
Applicable only for trigger source set to external trigger.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetTriggerFrequencyMode
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
trigger_frequency_mode
)
¶
-
Set ADC trigger frequency mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 LFTRIG LL_ADC_SetTriggerFrequencyMode
Note
ADC trigger frequency mode must be set to low frequency when a duration is exceeded before ADC conversion start trigger event (between ADC enable and ADC conversion start trigger event or between two ADC conversion start trigger event). Duration value: Refer to device datasheet, parameter “tIdle”.
Note
When ADC trigger frequency mode is set to low frequency, some rearm cycles are inserted before performing ADC conversion start, inducing a delay of 2 ADC clock cycles.
Note
Usage of ADC trigger frequency mode with ADC low power mode:
-
Low power mode auto wait: Only the first ADC conversion start trigger inserts the rearm delay.
-
Low power mode auto power-off: ADC trigger frequency mode is discarded.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
trigger_frequency_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetTriggerFrequencyMode
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC trigger frequency mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 LFTRIG LL_ADC_GetTriggerFrequencyMode
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetSamplingMode
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
sampling_mode
)
¶
-
Set ADC sampling mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 BULB LL_ADC_SetSamplingMode
CFGR2 SMPTRIG LL_ADC_SetSamplingMode
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
sampling_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetSamplingMode
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get the ADC sampling mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 BULB LL_ADC_GetSamplingMode
CFGR2 SMPTRIG LL_ADC_GetSamplingMode
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_StartSamplingPhase
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Start ADC sampling phase for sampling time trigger mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 SWTRIG LL_ADC_REG_StartSamplingPhase
Note
This function is relevant only when
-
LL_ADC_SAMPLING_MODE_TRIGGER_CTRL has been set using LL_ADC_SetSamplingMode
-
LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE is used as trigger source
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be enabled without conversion on going on group regular, without conversion stop command on going on group regular, without ADC disable command on going.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_StopSamplingPhase
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Stop ADC sampling phase for sampling time trigger mode and start conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 SWTRIG LL_ADC_REG_StopSamplingPhase
Note
This function is relevant only when
-
LL_ADC_SAMPLING_MODE_TRIGGER_CTRL has been set using LL_ADC_SetSamplingMode
-
LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE is used as trigger source
-
LL_ADC_REG_StartSamplingPhase has been called to start the sampling phase
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be enabled without conversion on going on group regular, without conversion stop command on going on group regular, without ADC disable command on going.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
configurability
)
¶
-
Set ADC group regular sequencer configuration flexibility.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR CHSELRMOD LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable
Note
On this STM32 series, ADC group regular sequencer both modes “fully configurable” or “not fully configurable” are available:
-
sequencer configured to fully configurable: sequencer length and each rank affectation to a channel are configurable. Refer to description of function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength() .
-
sequencer configured to not fully configurable: sequencer length and each rank affectation to a channel are fixed by channel HW number. Refer to description of function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels() .
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
Note
On this STM32U5 series, this is applicable on ADC4 only.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
configurability – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerConfigurable
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC group regular sequencer configuration flexibility.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR CHSELRMOD LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable
Note
On this STM32 series, ADC group regular sequencer both modes “fully configurable” or “not fully configurable” are available:
-
sequencer configured to fully configurable: sequencer length and each rank affectation to a channel are configurable. Refer to description of function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength() .
-
sequencer configured to not fully configurable: sequencer length and each rank affectation to a channel are fixed by channel HW number. Refer to description of function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels() .
Note
On this STM32U5 series, this is applicable on ADC4 only.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
sequencer_nb_ranks
)
¶
-
Set ADC group regular sequencer length and scan direction.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SQR1 L LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength
Note
Description of ADC group regular sequencer features:
-
For devices with sequencer fully configurable (function “LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks()” available): sequencer length and each rank affectation to a channel are configurable. This function performs configuration of:
-
Sequence length: Number of ranks in the scan sequence.
-
Sequence direction: Unless specified in parameters, sequencer scan direction is forward (from rank 1 to rank n). Sequencer ranks are selected using function “LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks()”.
-
-
For devices with sequencer not fully configurable (function “LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels()” available): sequencer length and each rank affectation to a channel are defined by channel number. This function performs configuration of:
-
Sequence length: Number of ranks in the scan sequence is defined by number of channels set in the sequence, rank of each channel is fixed by channel HW number. (channel 0 fixed on rank 0, channel 1 fixed on rank1, …).
-
Sequence direction: Unless specified in parameters, sequencer scan direction is forward (from lowest channel number to highest channel number). Sequencer ranks are selected using function “LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels()”.
-
Note
Sequencer disabled is equivalent to sequencer of 1 rank: ADC conversion on only 1 channel.
Note
On this STM32 series, ADC4 specificity: change of sequence length clears channels list configured in the sequence.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
sequencer_nb_ranks – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerLength
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC group regular sequencer length and scan direction.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SQR1 L LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerLength
Note
Description of ADC group regular sequencer features:
-
For devices with sequencer fully configurable (function “LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks()” available): sequencer length and each rank affectation to a channel are configurable. This function retrieves:
-
Sequence length: Number of ranks in the scan sequence.
-
Sequence direction: Unless specified in parameters, sequencer scan direction is forward (from rank 1 to rank n). Sequencer ranks are selected using function “LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks()”.
-
-
For devices with sequencer not fully configurable (function “LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels()” available): sequencer length and each rank affectation to a channel are defined by channel number. This function retrieves:
-
Sequence length: Number of ranks in the scan sequence is defined by number of channels set in the sequence, rank of each channel is fixed by channel HW number. (channel 0 fixed on rank 0, channel 1 fixed on rank1, …).
-
Sequence direction: Unless specified in parameters, sequencer scan direction is forward (from lowest channel number to highest channel number). Sequencer ranks are selected using function “LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels()”.
-
Note
Sequencer disabled is equivalent to sequencer of 1 rank: ADC conversion on only 1 channel.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerDiscont
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
seq_discont
)
¶
-
Set ADC group regular sequencer discontinuous mode: sequence subdivided and scan conversions interrupted every selected number of ranks.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR DISCEN LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerDiscont
CFGR DISCNUM LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerDiscont
Note
It is not possible to enable both ADC group regular continuous mode and sequencer discontinuous mode.
Note
It is not possible to enable both ADC auto-injected mode and ADC group regular sequencer discontinuous mode.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
seq_discont – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerDiscont
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC group regular sequencer discontinuous mode: sequence subdivided and scan conversions interrupted every selected number of ranks.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR DISCEN LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerDiscont
CFGR DISCNUM LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerDiscont
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
rank
,
uint32_t
channel
)
¶
-
Set ADC group regular sequence: channel on the selected scan sequence rank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SQR1 SQ1 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR1 SQ2 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR1 SQ3 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR1 SQ4 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR2 SQ5 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR2 SQ6 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR2 SQ7 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR2 SQ8 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR2 SQ9 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR3 SQ10 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR3 SQ11 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR3 SQ12 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR3 SQ13 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR3 SQ14 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR4 SQ15 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR4 SQ16 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
Note
This function performs configuration of:
-
Channels ordering into each rank of scan sequence: whatever channel can be placed into whatever rank.
Note
On this STM32 series, ADC group regular sequencer is fully configurable: sequencer length and each rank affectation to a channel are configurable. Refer to description of function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength() .
Note
Depending on devices and packages, some channels can be not available. Refer to device datasheet for channels availability.
Note
On this STM32 series, to measure internal channels (VrefInt, TempSensor, …), measurement paths to internal channels must be enabled separately. This can be done using function LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh() .
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
rank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_0 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_3 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_5 (3)
-
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
rank
)
¶
-
Get ADC group regular sequence: channel on the selected scan sequence rank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SQR1 SQ1 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR1 SQ2 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR1 SQ3 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR1 SQ4 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR2 SQ5 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR2 SQ6 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR2 SQ7 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR2 SQ8 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR2 SQ9 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR3 SQ10 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR3 SQ11 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR3 SQ12 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR3 SQ13 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR3 SQ14 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR4 SQ15 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR4 SQ16 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
Note
On this STM32 series, ADC group regular sequencer is fully configurable: sequencer length and each rank affectation to a channel are configurable. Refer to description of function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength() .
Note
Depending on devices and packages, some channels can be not available. Refer to device datasheet for channels availability.
Note
Usage of the returned channel number:
-
To reinject this channel into another function LL_ADC_xxx: the returned channel number is only partly formatted on definition of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x. Therefore, it has to be compared with parts of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x or using helper macro LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB() . Then the selected literal LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x can be used as parameter for another function.
-
To get the channel number in decimal format: process the returned value with the helper macro LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB() .
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
rank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value corresponds to one of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x with specific formatting, refer to note of this function.
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerScanDirection
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
scan_direction
)
¶
-
Set ADC group regular sequencer scan direction.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR1 SCANDIR LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerScanDirection
Note
On this STM32 series, parameter relevant only is sequencer is set to mode not fully configurable, refer to function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable() .
Note
On some other STM32 families, this setting is not available and the default scan direction is forward.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
scan_direction – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerScanDirection
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC group regular sequencer scan direction.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR1 SCANDIR LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerScanDirection
Note
On this STM32 series, parameter relevant only is sequencer is set to mode not fully configurable, refer to function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable() .
Note
On some other STM32 families, this setting is not available and the default scan direction is forward.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
channel
)
¶
-
Set ADC group regular sequence: channel on rank corresponding to channel number.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CHSELR CHSEL0 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL1 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL2 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL3 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL4 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL5 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL6 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL7 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL8 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL9 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL10 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL11 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL12 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL13 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL14 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL15 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL16 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL17 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL18 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
Note
This function performs:
-
Channels ordering into each rank of scan sequence: rank of each channel is fixed by channel HW number (channel 0 fixed on rank 0, channel 1 fixed on rank1, …).
-
Set channels selected by overwriting the current sequencer configuration.
Note
On this STM32 series, ADC group regular sequencer both modes “fully configurable” or “not fully configurable” are available, they can be chosen using function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable() . This function can be used with setting “not fully configurable”. Refer to description of functions LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable() and LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength() .
Note
Depending on devices and packages, some channels can be not available. Refer to device datasheet for channels availability.
Note
On this STM32 series, to measure internal channels (VrefInt, TempSensor, …), measurement paths to internal channels must be enabled separately. This can be done using function LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh() .
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
Note
One or several values can be selected. Example: (LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 | LL_ADC_CHANNEL_12 | …)
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
channel – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
channel
)
¶
-
Add channel to ADC group regular sequence: channel on rank corresponding to channel number.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CHSELR CHSEL0 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL1 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL2 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL3 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL4 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL5 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL6 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL7 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL8 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL9 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL10 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL11 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL12 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL13 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL14 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL15 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL16 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL17 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL18 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
Note
This function performs:
-
Channels ordering into each rank of scan sequence: rank of each channel is fixed by channel HW number (channel 0 fixed on rank 0, channel 1 fixed on rank1, …).
-
Set channels selected by adding them to the current sequencer configuration.
Note
On this STM32 series, ADC group regular sequencer both modes “fully configurable” or “not fully configurable” are available, they can be chosen using function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable() . This function can be used with setting “not fully configurable”. Refer to description of functions LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable() and LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength() .
Note
Depending on devices and packages, some channels can be not available. Refer to device datasheet for channels availability.
Note
On this STM32 series, to measure internal channels (VrefInt, TempSensor, …), measurement paths to internal channels must be enabled separately. This can be done using function LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh() .
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
Note
One or several values can be selected. Example: (LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 | LL_ADC_CHANNEL_12 | …)
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
channel
)
¶
-
Remove channel to ADC group regular sequence: channel on rank corresponding to channel number.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CHSELR CHSEL0 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL1 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL2 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL3 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL4 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL5 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL6 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL7 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL8 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL9 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL10 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL11 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL12 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL13 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL14 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL15 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL16 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL17 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL18 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
Note
This function performs:
-
Channels ordering into each rank of scan sequence: rank of each channel is fixed by channel HW number (channel 0 fixed on rank 0, channel 1 fixed on rank1, …).
-
Set channels selected by removing them to the current sequencer configuration.
Note
On this STM32 series, ADC group regular sequencer both modes “fully configurable” or “not fully configurable” are available, they can be chosen using function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable() . This function can be used with setting “not fully configurable”. Refer to description of functions LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable() and LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength() .
Note
Depending on devices and packages, some channels can be not available. Refer to device datasheet for channels availability.
Note
On this STM32 series, to measure internal channels (VrefInt, TempSensor, …), measurement paths to internal channels must be enabled separately. This can be done using function LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh() .
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
Note
One or several values can be selected. Example: (LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 | LL_ADC_CHANNEL_12 | …)
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC group regular sequence: channel on rank corresponding to channel number.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CHSELR CHSEL0 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL1 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL2 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL3 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL4 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL5 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL6 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL7 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL8 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL9 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL10 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL11 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL12 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL13 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL14 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL15 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL16 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL17 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL18 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
Note
This function performs:
-
Channels order reading into each rank of scan sequence: rank of each channel is fixed by channel HW number (channel 0 fixed on rank 0, channel 1 fixed on rank1, …).
Note
On this STM32 series, ADC group regular sequencer both modes “fully configurable” or “not fully configurable” are available, they can be chosen using function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable() . This function can be used with setting “not fully configurable”. Refer to description of functions LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable() and LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength() .
Note
Depending on devices and packages, some channels can be not available. Refer to device datasheet for channels availability.
Note
On this STM32 series, to measure internal channels (VrefInt, TempSensor, …), measurement paths to internal channels must be enabled separately. This can be done using function LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh() .
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
Note
One or several values can be retrieved. Example: (LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 | LL_ADC_CHANNEL_12 | …)
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a combination of the following values (example: “(LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x | LL_ADC_CHANNEL_y)”):
-
void
LL_ADC_SetChannelPreselection
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
channel
)
¶
-
Set ADC Channel Preselection to LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x, x = 0 to 19.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PCSEL PCSEL0 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_0
PCSEL PCSEL1 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1
PCSEL PCSEL2 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2
PCSEL PCSEL3 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_3
PCSEL PCSEL4 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4
PCSEL PCSEL5 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_5
PCSEL PCSEL6 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_6
PCSEL PCSEL7 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_7
PCSEL PCSEL8 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_8
PCSEL PCSEL9 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_9
PCSEL PCSEL10 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_10
PCSEL PCSEL11 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_11
PCSEL PCSEL12 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_12
PCSEL PCSEL13 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_13
PCSEL PCSEL14 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_14
PCSEL PCSEL15 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_15
PCSEL PCSEL16 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_16
PCSEL PCSEL17 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_17
PCSEL PCSEL18 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_18
PCSEL PCSEL19 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_19
Note
This function set the the value for the channel preselection register corresponding to ADC channel to be selected.
Note
Caution: This is not valid for ADC4.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance.
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetChannelPreselection
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC Channel Preselection register value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PCSEL PCSEL0 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_0
PCSEL PCSEL1 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1
PCSEL PCSEL2 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2
PCSEL PCSEL3 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_3
PCSEL PCSEL4 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4
PCSEL PCSEL5 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_5
PCSEL PCSEL6 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_6
PCSEL PCSEL7 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_7
PCSEL PCSEL8 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_8
PCSEL PCSEL9 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_9
PCSEL PCSEL10 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_10
PCSEL PCSEL11 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_11
PCSEL PCSEL12 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_12
PCSEL PCSEL13 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_13
PCSEL PCSEL14 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_14
PCSEL PCSEL15 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_15
PCSEL PCSEL16 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_16
PCSEL PCSEL17 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_17
PCSEL PCSEL18 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_18
PCSEL PCSEL19 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_19
Note
This function set the the value for the channel preselection register corresponding to ADC channel to be selected.
Note
Caution: This is not valid for ADC4.
Note
Usage of the returned value: Returned decimal value that can correspond to one or multiple channels. If configuration corresponds to only one channel:
-
To reinject this channel into another function LL_ADC_xxx: the returned channel number is only partly formatted on definition of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x. Therefore, it has to be compared with parts of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x or using helper macro LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB() . Then the selected literal LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x can be used as parameter for another function.
-
To get the channel number in decimal format: process the returned value with the helper macro LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB() . If configuration corresponds to multiple channels: value cannot be associated to channel number.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – decimal value that can correspond to one or multiple channels (refer to note in function description).
-
void
LL_ADC_SetLPModeAutoPowerOff
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
low_power_mode
)
¶
-
Set ADC low power mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PWRR AUTOFF LL_ADC_SetLPModeAutoPowerOff
Note
Description of ADC low power mode:
-
ADC low power mode “auto power-off”: the ADC automatically powers-off after a conversion and automatically wakes up when a new conversion is triggered (with startup time between trigger and start of sampling). This feature can be combined with low power mode “auto wait”.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
low_power_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetLPModeAutoPowerOff
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC low power mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PW AUTOFF LL_ADC_GetLPModeAutoPowerOff
Note
Description of ADC low power mode:
-
ADC low power mode “auto power-off”: the ADC automatically powers-off after a conversion and automatically wakes up when a new conversion is triggered (with startup time between trigger and start of sampling). This feature can be combined with low power mode “auto wait”.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetLPModeAutonomousDPD
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
low_power_mode
)
¶
-
Set ADC low power mode: deep power down in autonomous mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PWRR DPD LL_ADC_SetLPModeAutonomousDPD
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
low_power_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetLPModeAutonomousDPD
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC low power mode: deep power down in autonomous mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PWRR DPD LL_ADC_GetLPModeAutonomousDPD
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetVrefProtection
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
vref_protection
)
¶
-
Set ADC VREF protection when multiple ADCs are working simultaneously.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PWRR VREFPROT LL_ADC_SetVrefProtection
PWRR VREFSECSMP LL_ADC_SetVrefProtection
Note
In case of simultaneous sampling phase of ADC4 and ADC1/2, ADC4 is put on hold during one or two ADC4 clock cycles to avoid noise on Vref+. ADC state: ADC must be disabled.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
vref_protection – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetVrefProtection
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
ADC VREF protection when multiple ADCs are working simultaneously.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PWRR VREFPROT LL_ADC_GetVrefProtection
PWRR VREFSECSMP LL_ADC_GetVrefProtection
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetContinuousMode
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
continuous
)
¶
-
Set ADC continuous conversion mode on ADC group regular.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR CONT LL_ADC_REG_SetContinuousMode
Note
Description of ADC continuous conversion mode:
-
single mode: one conversion per trigger
-
continuous mode: after the first trigger, following conversions launched successively automatically.
Note
It is not possible to enable both ADC group regular continuous mode and sequencer discontinuous mode.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
continuous – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_GetContinuousMode
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC continuous conversion mode on ADC group regular.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR CONT LL_ADC_REG_GetContinuousMode
Note
Description of ADC continuous conversion mode:
-
single mode: one conversion per trigger
-
continuous mode: after the first trigger, following conversions launched successively automatically.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetDataTransferMode
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
data_transfer_mode
)
¶
-
Set ADC data transfer mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR DMNGT LL_ADC_REG_SetDataTransferMode
Note
Conversion data can be either:
-
Available in Data Register
-
Transferred by DMA in one shot mode
-
Transferred by DMA in circular mode
-
Transferred to MDF data register
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
data_transfer_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_GetDataTransferMode
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC data transfer mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR DMNGT LL_ADC_REG_GetDataTransferMode
Note
Conversion data can be either:
-
Available in Data Register
-
Transferred by DMA in one shot mode
-
Transferred by DMA in circular mode
-
Transferred to DFSDM data register
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetDMATransfer
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
dma_transfer
)
¶
-
Set ADC group regular conversion data transfer: no transfer or transfer by DMA, and DMA requests mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR1 DMAEN LL_ADC_REG_SetDMATransfer
CFGR1 DMACFG LL_ADC_REG_SetDMATransfer
Note
If transfer by DMA selected, specifies the DMA requests mode:
-
Limited mode (One shot mode): DMA transfer requests are stopped when number of DMA data transfers (number of ADC conversions) is reached. This ADC mode is intended to be used with DMA mode non-circular.
-
Unlimited mode: DMA transfer requests are unlimited, whatever number of DMA data transfers (number of ADC conversions). This ADC mode is intended to be used with DMA mode circular.
Note
If ADC DMA requests mode is set to unlimited and DMA is set to mode non-circular: when DMA transfers size will be reached, DMA will stop transfers of ADC conversions data ADC will raise an overrun error (overrun flag and interruption if enabled).
Note
To configure DMA source address (peripheral address), use function LL_ADC_DMA_GetRegAddr() .
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
dma_transfer – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_GetDMATransfer
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC group regular conversion data transfer: no transfer or transfer by DMA, and DMA requests mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR1 DMAEN LL_ADC_REG_GetDMATransfer
CFGR1 DMACFG LL_ADC_REG_GetDMATransfer
Note
If transfer by DMA selected, specifies the DMA requests mode:
-
Limited mode (One shot mode): DMA transfer requests are stopped when number of DMA data transfers (number of ADC conversions) is reached. This ADC mode is intended to be used with DMA mode non-circular.
-
Unlimited mode: DMA transfer requests are unlimited, whatever number of DMA data transfers (number of ADC conversions). This ADC mode is intended to be used with DMA mode circular.
Note
If ADC DMA requests mode is set to unlimited and DMA is set to mode non-circular: when DMA transfers size will be reached, DMA will stop transfers of ADC conversions data ADC will raise an overrun error (overrun flag and interruption if enabled).
Note
To configure DMA source address (peripheral address), use function LL_ADC_DMA_GetRegAddr() .
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetOverrun
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
overrun
)
¶
-
Set ADC group regular behavior in case of overrun: data preserved or overwritten.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR OVRMOD LL_ADC_REG_SetOverrun
Note
Compatibility with devices without feature overrun: other devices without this feature have a behavior equivalent to data overwritten. The default setting of overrun is data preserved. Therefore, for compatibility with all devices, parameter overrun can be set to data overwritten.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
overrun – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_GetOverrun
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC group regular behavior in case of overrun: data preserved or overwritten.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR OVRMOD LL_ADC_REG_GetOverrun
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetTriggerSource
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
trigger_source
)
¶
- group ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Group_Regular
-
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetTriggerSource
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
trigger_source
)
-
Set ADC group regular conversion trigger source: internal (SW start) or from external peripheral (timer event, external interrupt line).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR EXTSEL LL_ADC_REG_SetTriggerSource
CFGR EXTEN LL_ADC_REG_SetTriggerSource
Note
On this STM32 series, setting trigger source to external trigger also set trigger polarity to rising edge (default setting for compatibility with some ADC on other STM32 families having this setting set by HW default value). In case of need to modify trigger edge, use function LL_ADC_REG_SetTriggerEdge() .
Note
Availability of parameters of trigger sources from timer depends on timers availability on the selected device.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
trigger_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_GetTriggerSource
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular conversion trigger source: internal (SW start) or from external peripheral (timer event, external interrupt line).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR EXTSEL LL_ADC_REG_GetTriggerSource
CFGR EXTEN LL_ADC_REG_GetTriggerSource
Note
To determine whether group regular trigger source is internal (SW start) or external, without detail of which peripheral is selected as external trigger, (equivalent to “if(LL_ADC_REG_GetTriggerSource(ADC1) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE)”) use function LL_ADC_REG_IsTriggerSourceSWStart .
Note
Availability of parameters of trigger sources from timer depends on timers availability on the selected device.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_IsTriggerSourceSWStart
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular conversion trigger source internal (SW start) or external.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR EXTEN LL_ADC_REG_IsTriggerSourceSWStart
Note
In case of group regular trigger source set to external trigger, to determine which peripheral is selected as external trigger, use function LL_ADC_REG_GetTriggerSource() .
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Value – “0” if trigger source external trigger Value “1” if trigger source SW start.
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetTriggerEdge
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
external_trigger_edge
)
-
Set ADC group regular conversion trigger polarity.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR EXTEN LL_ADC_REG_SetTriggerEdge
Note
Applicable only for trigger source set to external trigger.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
external_trigger_edge – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_GetTriggerEdge
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular conversion trigger polarity.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR EXTEN LL_ADC_REG_GetTriggerEdge
Note
Applicable only for trigger source set to external trigger.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetTriggerFrequencyMode
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
trigger_frequency_mode
)
-
Set ADC trigger frequency mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 LFTRIG LL_ADC_SetTriggerFrequencyMode
Note
ADC trigger frequency mode must be set to low frequency when a duration is exceeded before ADC conversion start trigger event (between ADC enable and ADC conversion start trigger event or between two ADC conversion start trigger event). Duration value: Refer to device datasheet, parameter “tIdle”.
Note
When ADC trigger frequency mode is set to low frequency, some rearm cycles are inserted before performing ADC conversion start, inducing a delay of 2 ADC clock cycles.
Note
Usage of ADC trigger frequency mode with ADC low power mode:
-
Low power mode auto wait: Only the first ADC conversion start trigger inserts the rearm delay.
-
Low power mode auto power-off: ADC trigger frequency mode is discarded.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
trigger_frequency_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetTriggerFrequencyMode
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC trigger frequency mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 LFTRIG LL_ADC_GetTriggerFrequencyMode
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetSamplingMode
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
sampling_mode
)
-
Set ADC sampling mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 BULB LL_ADC_SetSamplingMode
CFGR2 SMPTRIG LL_ADC_SetSamplingMode
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
sampling_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetSamplingMode
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get the ADC sampling mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 BULB LL_ADC_GetSamplingMode
CFGR2 SMPTRIG LL_ADC_GetSamplingMode
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_StartSamplingPhase
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Start ADC sampling phase for sampling time trigger mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 SWTRIG LL_ADC_REG_StartSamplingPhase
Note
This function is relevant only when
-
LL_ADC_SAMPLING_MODE_TRIGGER_CTRL has been set using LL_ADC_SetSamplingMode
-
LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE is used as trigger source
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be enabled without conversion on going on group regular, without conversion stop command on going on group regular, without ADC disable command on going.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_StopSamplingPhase
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Stop ADC sampling phase for sampling time trigger mode and start conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 SWTRIG LL_ADC_REG_StopSamplingPhase
Note
This function is relevant only when
-
LL_ADC_SAMPLING_MODE_TRIGGER_CTRL has been set using LL_ADC_SetSamplingMode
-
LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE is used as trigger source
-
LL_ADC_REG_StartSamplingPhase has been called to start the sampling phase
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be enabled without conversion on going on group regular, without conversion stop command on going on group regular, without ADC disable command on going.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
configurability
)
-
Set ADC group regular sequencer configuration flexibility.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR CHSELRMOD LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable
Note
On this STM32 series, ADC group regular sequencer both modes “fully configurable” or “not fully configurable” are available:
-
sequencer configured to fully configurable: sequencer length and each rank affectation to a channel are configurable. Refer to description of function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength() .
-
sequencer configured to not fully configurable: sequencer length and each rank affectation to a channel are fixed by channel HW number. Refer to description of function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels() .
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
Note
On this STM32U5 series, this is applicable on ADC4 only.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
configurability – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerConfigurable
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular sequencer configuration flexibility.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR CHSELRMOD LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable
Note
On this STM32 series, ADC group regular sequencer both modes “fully configurable” or “not fully configurable” are available:
-
sequencer configured to fully configurable: sequencer length and each rank affectation to a channel are configurable. Refer to description of function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength() .
-
sequencer configured to not fully configurable: sequencer length and each rank affectation to a channel are fixed by channel HW number. Refer to description of function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels() .
Note
On this STM32U5 series, this is applicable on ADC4 only.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
sequencer_nb_ranks
)
-
Set ADC group regular sequencer length and scan direction.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SQR1 L LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength
Note
Description of ADC group regular sequencer features:
-
For devices with sequencer fully configurable (function “LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks()” available): sequencer length and each rank affectation to a channel are configurable. This function performs configuration of:
-
Sequence length: Number of ranks in the scan sequence.
-
Sequence direction: Unless specified in parameters, sequencer scan direction is forward (from rank 1 to rank n). Sequencer ranks are selected using function “LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks()”.
-
-
For devices with sequencer not fully configurable (function “LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels()” available): sequencer length and each rank affectation to a channel are defined by channel number. This function performs configuration of:
-
Sequence length: Number of ranks in the scan sequence is defined by number of channels set in the sequence, rank of each channel is fixed by channel HW number. (channel 0 fixed on rank 0, channel 1 fixed on rank1, …).
-
Sequence direction: Unless specified in parameters, sequencer scan direction is forward (from lowest channel number to highest channel number). Sequencer ranks are selected using function “LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels()”.
-
Note
Sequencer disabled is equivalent to sequencer of 1 rank: ADC conversion on only 1 channel.
Note
On this STM32 series, ADC4 specificity: change of sequence length clears channels list configured in the sequence.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
sequencer_nb_ranks – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerLength
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular sequencer length and scan direction.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SQR1 L LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerLength
Note
Description of ADC group regular sequencer features:
-
For devices with sequencer fully configurable (function “LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks()” available): sequencer length and each rank affectation to a channel are configurable. This function retrieves:
-
Sequence length: Number of ranks in the scan sequence.
-
Sequence direction: Unless specified in parameters, sequencer scan direction is forward (from rank 1 to rank n). Sequencer ranks are selected using function “LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks()”.
-
-
For devices with sequencer not fully configurable (function “LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels()” available): sequencer length and each rank affectation to a channel are defined by channel number. This function retrieves:
-
Sequence length: Number of ranks in the scan sequence is defined by number of channels set in the sequence, rank of each channel is fixed by channel HW number. (channel 0 fixed on rank 0, channel 1 fixed on rank1, …).
-
Sequence direction: Unless specified in parameters, sequencer scan direction is forward (from lowest channel number to highest channel number). Sequencer ranks are selected using function “LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels()”.
-
Note
Sequencer disabled is equivalent to sequencer of 1 rank: ADC conversion on only 1 channel.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerDiscont
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
seq_discont
)
-
Set ADC group regular sequencer discontinuous mode: sequence subdivided and scan conversions interrupted every selected number of ranks.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR DISCEN LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerDiscont
CFGR DISCNUM LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerDiscont
Note
It is not possible to enable both ADC group regular continuous mode and sequencer discontinuous mode.
Note
It is not possible to enable both ADC auto-injected mode and ADC group regular sequencer discontinuous mode.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
seq_discont – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerDiscont
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular sequencer discontinuous mode: sequence subdivided and scan conversions interrupted every selected number of ranks.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR DISCEN LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerDiscont
CFGR DISCNUM LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerDiscont
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
rank
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Set ADC group regular sequence: channel on the selected scan sequence rank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SQR1 SQ1 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR1 SQ2 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR1 SQ3 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR1 SQ4 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR2 SQ5 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR2 SQ6 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR2 SQ7 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR2 SQ8 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR2 SQ9 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR3 SQ10 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR3 SQ11 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR3 SQ12 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR3 SQ13 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR3 SQ14 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR4 SQ15 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR4 SQ16 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
Note
This function performs configuration of:
-
Channels ordering into each rank of scan sequence: whatever channel can be placed into whatever rank.
Note
On this STM32 series, ADC group regular sequencer is fully configurable: sequencer length and each rank affectation to a channel are configurable. Refer to description of function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength() .
Note
Depending on devices and packages, some channels can be not available. Refer to device datasheet for channels availability.
Note
On this STM32 series, to measure internal channels (VrefInt, TempSensor, …), measurement paths to internal channels must be enabled separately. This can be done using function LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh() .
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
rank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_0 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_3 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_5 (3)
-
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
rank
)
-
Get ADC group regular sequence: channel on the selected scan sequence rank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SQR1 SQ1 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR1 SQ2 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR1 SQ3 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR1 SQ4 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR2 SQ5 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR2 SQ6 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR2 SQ7 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR2 SQ8 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR2 SQ9 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR3 SQ10 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR3 SQ11 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR3 SQ12 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR3 SQ13 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR3 SQ14 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR4 SQ15 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR4 SQ16 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
Note
On this STM32 series, ADC group regular sequencer is fully configurable: sequencer length and each rank affectation to a channel are configurable. Refer to description of function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength() .
Note
Depending on devices and packages, some channels can be not available. Refer to device datasheet for channels availability.
Note
Usage of the returned channel number:
-
To reinject this channel into another function LL_ADC_xxx: the returned channel number is only partly formatted on definition of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x. Therefore, it has to be compared with parts of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x or using helper macro LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB() . Then the selected literal LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x can be used as parameter for another function.
-
To get the channel number in decimal format: process the returned value with the helper macro LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB() .
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
rank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value corresponds to one of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x with specific formatting, refer to note of this function.
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerScanDirection
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
scan_direction
)
-
Set ADC group regular sequencer scan direction.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR1 SCANDIR LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerScanDirection
Note
On this STM32 series, parameter relevant only is sequencer is set to mode not fully configurable, refer to function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable() .
Note
On some other STM32 families, this setting is not available and the default scan direction is forward.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
scan_direction – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerScanDirection
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular sequencer scan direction.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR1 SCANDIR LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerScanDirection
Note
On this STM32 series, parameter relevant only is sequencer is set to mode not fully configurable, refer to function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable() .
Note
On some other STM32 families, this setting is not available and the default scan direction is forward.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Set ADC group regular sequence: channel on rank corresponding to channel number.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CHSELR CHSEL0 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL1 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL2 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL3 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL4 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL5 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL6 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL7 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL8 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL9 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL10 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL11 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL12 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL13 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL14 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL15 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL16 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL17 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL18 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
Note
This function performs:
-
Channels ordering into each rank of scan sequence: rank of each channel is fixed by channel HW number (channel 0 fixed on rank 0, channel 1 fixed on rank1, …).
-
Set channels selected by overwriting the current sequencer configuration.
Note
On this STM32 series, ADC group regular sequencer both modes “fully configurable” or “not fully configurable” are available, they can be chosen using function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable() . This function can be used with setting “not fully configurable”. Refer to description of functions LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable() and LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength() .
Note
Depending on devices and packages, some channels can be not available. Refer to device datasheet for channels availability.
Note
On this STM32 series, to measure internal channels (VrefInt, TempSensor, …), measurement paths to internal channels must be enabled separately. This can be done using function LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh() .
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
Note
One or several values can be selected. Example: (LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 | LL_ADC_CHANNEL_12 | …)
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
channel – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Add channel to ADC group regular sequence: channel on rank corresponding to channel number.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CHSELR CHSEL0 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL1 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL2 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL3 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL4 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL5 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL6 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL7 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL8 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL9 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL10 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL11 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL12 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL13 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL14 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL15 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL16 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL17 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL18 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
Note
This function performs:
-
Channels ordering into each rank of scan sequence: rank of each channel is fixed by channel HW number (channel 0 fixed on rank 0, channel 1 fixed on rank1, …).
-
Set channels selected by adding them to the current sequencer configuration.
Note
On this STM32 series, ADC group regular sequencer both modes “fully configurable” or “not fully configurable” are available, they can be chosen using function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable() . This function can be used with setting “not fully configurable”. Refer to description of functions LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable() and LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength() .
Note
Depending on devices and packages, some channels can be not available. Refer to device datasheet for channels availability.
Note
On this STM32 series, to measure internal channels (VrefInt, TempSensor, …), measurement paths to internal channels must be enabled separately. This can be done using function LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh() .
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
Note
One or several values can be selected. Example: (LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 | LL_ADC_CHANNEL_12 | …)
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Remove channel to ADC group regular sequence: channel on rank corresponding to channel number.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CHSELR CHSEL0 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL1 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL2 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL3 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL4 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL5 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL6 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL7 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL8 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL9 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL10 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL11 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL12 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL13 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL14 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL15 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL16 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL17 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL18 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
Note
This function performs:
-
Channels ordering into each rank of scan sequence: rank of each channel is fixed by channel HW number (channel 0 fixed on rank 0, channel 1 fixed on rank1, …).
-
Set channels selected by removing them to the current sequencer configuration.
Note
On this STM32 series, ADC group regular sequencer both modes “fully configurable” or “not fully configurable” are available, they can be chosen using function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable() . This function can be used with setting “not fully configurable”. Refer to description of functions LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable() and LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength() .
Note
Depending on devices and packages, some channels can be not available. Refer to device datasheet for channels availability.
Note
On this STM32 series, to measure internal channels (VrefInt, TempSensor, …), measurement paths to internal channels must be enabled separately. This can be done using function LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh() .
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
Note
One or several values can be selected. Example: (LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 | LL_ADC_CHANNEL_12 | …)
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular sequence: channel on rank corresponding to channel number.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CHSELR CHSEL0 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL1 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL2 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL3 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL4 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL5 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL6 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL7 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL8 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL9 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL10 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL11 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL12 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL13 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL14 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL15 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL16 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL17 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL18 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
Note
This function performs:
-
Channels order reading into each rank of scan sequence: rank of each channel is fixed by channel HW number (channel 0 fixed on rank 0, channel 1 fixed on rank1, …).
Note
On this STM32 series, ADC group regular sequencer both modes “fully configurable” or “not fully configurable” are available, they can be chosen using function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable() . This function can be used with setting “not fully configurable”. Refer to description of functions LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable() and LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength() .
Note
Depending on devices and packages, some channels can be not available. Refer to device datasheet for channels availability.
Note
On this STM32 series, to measure internal channels (VrefInt, TempSensor, …), measurement paths to internal channels must be enabled separately. This can be done using function LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh() .
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
Note
One or several values can be retrieved. Example: (LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 | LL_ADC_CHANNEL_12 | …)
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a combination of the following values (example: “(LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x | LL_ADC_CHANNEL_y)”):
-
void
LL_ADC_SetChannelPreselection
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Set ADC Channel Preselection to LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x, x = 0 to 19.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PCSEL PCSEL0 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_0
PCSEL PCSEL1 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1
PCSEL PCSEL2 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2
PCSEL PCSEL3 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_3
PCSEL PCSEL4 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4
PCSEL PCSEL5 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_5
PCSEL PCSEL6 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_6
PCSEL PCSEL7 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_7
PCSEL PCSEL8 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_8
PCSEL PCSEL9 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_9
PCSEL PCSEL10 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_10
PCSEL PCSEL11 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_11
PCSEL PCSEL12 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_12
PCSEL PCSEL13 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_13
PCSEL PCSEL14 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_14
PCSEL PCSEL15 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_15
PCSEL PCSEL16 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_16
PCSEL PCSEL17 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_17
PCSEL PCSEL18 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_18
PCSEL PCSEL19 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_19
Note
This function set the the value for the channel preselection register corresponding to ADC channel to be selected.
Note
Caution: This is not valid for ADC4.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance.
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetChannelPreselection
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC Channel Preselection register value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PCSEL PCSEL0 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_0
PCSEL PCSEL1 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1
PCSEL PCSEL2 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2
PCSEL PCSEL3 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_3
PCSEL PCSEL4 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4
PCSEL PCSEL5 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_5
PCSEL PCSEL6 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_6
PCSEL PCSEL7 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_7
PCSEL PCSEL8 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_8
PCSEL PCSEL9 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_9
PCSEL PCSEL10 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_10
PCSEL PCSEL11 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_11
PCSEL PCSEL12 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_12
PCSEL PCSEL13 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_13
PCSEL PCSEL14 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_14
PCSEL PCSEL15 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_15
PCSEL PCSEL16 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_16
PCSEL PCSEL17 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_17
PCSEL PCSEL18 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_18
PCSEL PCSEL19 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_19
Note
This function set the the value for the channel preselection register corresponding to ADC channel to be selected.
Note
Caution: This is not valid for ADC4.
Note
Usage of the returned value: Returned decimal value that can correspond to one or multiple channels. If configuration corresponds to only one channel:
-
To reinject this channel into another function LL_ADC_xxx: the returned channel number is only partly formatted on definition of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x. Therefore, it has to be compared with parts of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x or using helper macro LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB() . Then the selected literal LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x can be used as parameter for another function.
-
To get the channel number in decimal format: process the returned value with the helper macro LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB() . If configuration corresponds to multiple channels: value cannot be associated to channel number.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – decimal value that can correspond to one or multiple channels (refer to note in function description).
-
void
LL_ADC_SetLPModeAutoPowerOff
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
low_power_mode
)
-
Set ADC low power mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PWRR AUTOFF LL_ADC_SetLPModeAutoPowerOff
Note
Description of ADC low power mode:
-
ADC low power mode “auto power-off”: the ADC automatically powers-off after a conversion and automatically wakes up when a new conversion is triggered (with startup time between trigger and start of sampling). This feature can be combined with low power mode “auto wait”.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
low_power_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetLPModeAutoPowerOff
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC low power mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PW AUTOFF LL_ADC_GetLPModeAutoPowerOff
Note
Description of ADC low power mode:
-
ADC low power mode “auto power-off”: the ADC automatically powers-off after a conversion and automatically wakes up when a new conversion is triggered (with startup time between trigger and start of sampling). This feature can be combined with low power mode “auto wait”.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetLPModeAutonomousDPD
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
low_power_mode
)
-
Set ADC low power mode: deep power down in autonomous mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PWRR DPD LL_ADC_SetLPModeAutonomousDPD
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
low_power_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetLPModeAutonomousDPD
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC low power mode: deep power down in autonomous mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PWRR DPD LL_ADC_GetLPModeAutonomousDPD
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetVrefProtection
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
vref_protection
)
-
Set ADC VREF protection when multiple ADCs are working simultaneously.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PWRR VREFPROT LL_ADC_SetVrefProtection
PWRR VREFSECSMP LL_ADC_SetVrefProtection
Note
In case of simultaneous sampling phase of ADC4 and ADC1/2, ADC4 is put on hold during one or two ADC4 clock cycles to avoid noise on Vref+. ADC state: ADC must be disabled.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
vref_protection – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetVrefProtection
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
ADC VREF protection when multiple ADCs are working simultaneously.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PWRR VREFPROT LL_ADC_GetVrefProtection
PWRR VREFSECSMP LL_ADC_GetVrefProtection
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetContinuousMode
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
continuous
)
-
Set ADC continuous conversion mode on ADC group regular.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR CONT LL_ADC_REG_SetContinuousMode
Note
Description of ADC continuous conversion mode:
-
single mode: one conversion per trigger
-
continuous mode: after the first trigger, following conversions launched successively automatically.
Note
It is not possible to enable both ADC group regular continuous mode and sequencer discontinuous mode.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
continuous – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_GetContinuousMode
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC continuous conversion mode on ADC group regular.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR CONT LL_ADC_REG_GetContinuousMode
Note
Description of ADC continuous conversion mode:
-
single mode: one conversion per trigger
-
continuous mode: after the first trigger, following conversions launched successively automatically.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetDataTransferMode
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
data_transfer_mode
)
-
Set ADC data transfer mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR DMNGT LL_ADC_REG_SetDataTransferMode
Note
Conversion data can be either:
-
Available in Data Register
-
Transferred by DMA in one shot mode
-
Transferred by DMA in circular mode
-
Transferred to MDF data register
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
data_transfer_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_GetDataTransferMode
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC data transfer mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR DMNGT LL_ADC_REG_GetDataTransferMode
Note
Conversion data can be either:
-
Available in Data Register
-
Transferred by DMA in one shot mode
-
Transferred by DMA in circular mode
-
Transferred to DFSDM data register
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetDMATransfer
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
dma_transfer
)
-
Set ADC group regular conversion data transfer: no transfer or transfer by DMA, and DMA requests mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR1 DMAEN LL_ADC_REG_SetDMATransfer
CFGR1 DMACFG LL_ADC_REG_SetDMATransfer
Note
If transfer by DMA selected, specifies the DMA requests mode:
-
Limited mode (One shot mode): DMA transfer requests are stopped when number of DMA data transfers (number of ADC conversions) is reached. This ADC mode is intended to be used with DMA mode non-circular.
-
Unlimited mode: DMA transfer requests are unlimited, whatever number of DMA data transfers (number of ADC conversions). This ADC mode is intended to be used with DMA mode circular.
Note
If ADC DMA requests mode is set to unlimited and DMA is set to mode non-circular: when DMA transfers size will be reached, DMA will stop transfers of ADC conversions data ADC will raise an overrun error (overrun flag and interruption if enabled).
Note
To configure DMA source address (peripheral address), use function LL_ADC_DMA_GetRegAddr() .
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
dma_transfer – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_GetDMATransfer
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular conversion data transfer: no transfer or transfer by DMA, and DMA requests mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR1 DMAEN LL_ADC_REG_GetDMATransfer
CFGR1 DMACFG LL_ADC_REG_GetDMATransfer
Note
If transfer by DMA selected, specifies the DMA requests mode:
-
Limited mode (One shot mode): DMA transfer requests are stopped when number of DMA data transfers (number of ADC conversions) is reached. This ADC mode is intended to be used with DMA mode non-circular.
-
Unlimited mode: DMA transfer requests are unlimited, whatever number of DMA data transfers (number of ADC conversions). This ADC mode is intended to be used with DMA mode circular.
Note
If ADC DMA requests mode is set to unlimited and DMA is set to mode non-circular: when DMA transfers size will be reached, DMA will stop transfers of ADC conversions data ADC will raise an overrun error (overrun flag and interruption if enabled).
Note
To configure DMA source address (peripheral address), use function LL_ADC_DMA_GetRegAddr() .
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetOverrun
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
overrun
)
-
Set ADC group regular behavior in case of overrun: data preserved or overwritten.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR OVRMOD LL_ADC_REG_SetOverrun
Note
Compatibility with devices without feature overrun: other devices without this feature have a behavior equivalent to data overwritten. The default setting of overrun is data preserved. Therefore, for compatibility with all devices, parameter overrun can be set to data overwritten.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
overrun – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_GetOverrun
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular behavior in case of overrun: data preserved or overwritten.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR OVRMOD LL_ADC_REG_GetOverrun
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetTriggerSource
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
trigger_source
)
- group ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Group_Regular
-
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetTriggerSource
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
trigger_source
)
-
Set ADC group regular conversion trigger source: internal (SW start) or from external peripheral (timer event, external interrupt line).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR EXTSEL LL_ADC_REG_SetTriggerSource
CFGR EXTEN LL_ADC_REG_SetTriggerSource
Note
On this STM32 series, setting trigger source to external trigger also set trigger polarity to rising edge (default setting for compatibility with some ADC on other STM32 families having this setting set by HW default value). In case of need to modify trigger edge, use function LL_ADC_REG_SetTriggerEdge() .
Note
Availability of parameters of trigger sources from timer depends on timers availability on the selected device.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
trigger_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_GetTriggerSource
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular conversion trigger source: internal (SW start) or from external peripheral (timer event, external interrupt line).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR EXTSEL LL_ADC_REG_GetTriggerSource
CFGR EXTEN LL_ADC_REG_GetTriggerSource
Note
To determine whether group regular trigger source is internal (SW start) or external, without detail of which peripheral is selected as external trigger, (equivalent to “if(LL_ADC_REG_GetTriggerSource(ADC1) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE)”) use function LL_ADC_REG_IsTriggerSourceSWStart .
Note
Availability of parameters of trigger sources from timer depends on timers availability on the selected device.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_IsTriggerSourceSWStart
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular conversion trigger source internal (SW start) or external.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR EXTEN LL_ADC_REG_IsTriggerSourceSWStart
Note
In case of group regular trigger source set to external trigger, to determine which peripheral is selected as external trigger, use function LL_ADC_REG_GetTriggerSource() .
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Value – “0” if trigger source external trigger Value “1” if trigger source SW start.
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetTriggerEdge
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
external_trigger_edge
)
-
Set ADC group regular conversion trigger polarity.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR EXTEN LL_ADC_REG_SetTriggerEdge
Note
Applicable only for trigger source set to external trigger.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
external_trigger_edge – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_GetTriggerEdge
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular conversion trigger polarity.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR EXTEN LL_ADC_REG_GetTriggerEdge
Note
Applicable only for trigger source set to external trigger.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetTriggerFrequencyMode
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
trigger_frequency_mode
)
-
Set ADC trigger frequency mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 LFTRIG LL_ADC_SetTriggerFrequencyMode
Note
ADC trigger frequency mode must be set to low frequency when a duration is exceeded before ADC conversion start trigger event (between ADC enable and ADC conversion start trigger event or between two ADC conversion start trigger event). Duration value: Refer to device datasheet, parameter “tIdle”.
Note
When ADC trigger frequency mode is set to low frequency, some rearm cycles are inserted before performing ADC conversion start, inducing a delay of 2 ADC clock cycles.
Note
Usage of ADC trigger frequency mode with ADC low power mode:
-
Low power mode auto wait: Only the first ADC conversion start trigger inserts the rearm delay.
-
Low power mode auto power-off: ADC trigger frequency mode is discarded.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
trigger_frequency_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetTriggerFrequencyMode
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC trigger frequency mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 LFTRIG LL_ADC_GetTriggerFrequencyMode
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetSamplingMode
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
sampling_mode
)
-
Set ADC sampling mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 BULB LL_ADC_SetSamplingMode
CFGR2 SMPTRIG LL_ADC_SetSamplingMode
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
sampling_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetSamplingMode
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get the ADC sampling mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 BULB LL_ADC_GetSamplingMode
CFGR2 SMPTRIG LL_ADC_GetSamplingMode
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_StartSamplingPhase
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Start ADC sampling phase for sampling time trigger mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 SWTRIG LL_ADC_REG_StartSamplingPhase
Note
This function is relevant only when
-
LL_ADC_SAMPLING_MODE_TRIGGER_CTRL has been set using LL_ADC_SetSamplingMode
-
LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE is used as trigger source
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be enabled without conversion on going on group regular, without conversion stop command on going on group regular, without ADC disable command on going.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_StopSamplingPhase
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Stop ADC sampling phase for sampling time trigger mode and start conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 SWTRIG LL_ADC_REG_StopSamplingPhase
Note
This function is relevant only when
-
LL_ADC_SAMPLING_MODE_TRIGGER_CTRL has been set using LL_ADC_SetSamplingMode
-
LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE is used as trigger source
-
LL_ADC_REG_StartSamplingPhase has been called to start the sampling phase
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be enabled without conversion on going on group regular, without conversion stop command on going on group regular, without ADC disable command on going.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
configurability
)
-
Set ADC group regular sequencer configuration flexibility.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR CHSELRMOD LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable
Note
On this STM32 series, ADC group regular sequencer both modes “fully configurable” or “not fully configurable” are available:
-
sequencer configured to fully configurable: sequencer length and each rank affectation to a channel are configurable. Refer to description of function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength() .
-
sequencer configured to not fully configurable: sequencer length and each rank affectation to a channel are fixed by channel HW number. Refer to description of function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels() .
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
Note
On this STM32U5 series, this is applicable on ADC4 only.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
configurability – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerConfigurable
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular sequencer configuration flexibility.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR CHSELRMOD LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable
Note
On this STM32 series, ADC group regular sequencer both modes “fully configurable” or “not fully configurable” are available:
-
sequencer configured to fully configurable: sequencer length and each rank affectation to a channel are configurable. Refer to description of function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength() .
-
sequencer configured to not fully configurable: sequencer length and each rank affectation to a channel are fixed by channel HW number. Refer to description of function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels() .
Note
On this STM32U5 series, this is applicable on ADC4 only.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
sequencer_nb_ranks
)
-
Set ADC group regular sequencer length and scan direction.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SQR1 L LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength
Note
Description of ADC group regular sequencer features:
-
For devices with sequencer fully configurable (function “LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks()” available): sequencer length and each rank affectation to a channel are configurable. This function performs configuration of:
-
Sequence length: Number of ranks in the scan sequence.
-
Sequence direction: Unless specified in parameters, sequencer scan direction is forward (from rank 1 to rank n). Sequencer ranks are selected using function “LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks()”.
-
-
For devices with sequencer not fully configurable (function “LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels()” available): sequencer length and each rank affectation to a channel are defined by channel number. This function performs configuration of:
-
Sequence length: Number of ranks in the scan sequence is defined by number of channels set in the sequence, rank of each channel is fixed by channel HW number. (channel 0 fixed on rank 0, channel 1 fixed on rank1, …).
-
Sequence direction: Unless specified in parameters, sequencer scan direction is forward (from lowest channel number to highest channel number). Sequencer ranks are selected using function “LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels()”.
-
Note
Sequencer disabled is equivalent to sequencer of 1 rank: ADC conversion on only 1 channel.
Note
On this STM32 series, ADC4 specificity: change of sequence length clears channels list configured in the sequence.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
sequencer_nb_ranks – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerLength
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular sequencer length and scan direction.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SQR1 L LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerLength
Note
Description of ADC group regular sequencer features:
-
For devices with sequencer fully configurable (function “LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks()” available): sequencer length and each rank affectation to a channel are configurable. This function retrieves:
-
Sequence length: Number of ranks in the scan sequence.
-
Sequence direction: Unless specified in parameters, sequencer scan direction is forward (from rank 1 to rank n). Sequencer ranks are selected using function “LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks()”.
-
-
For devices with sequencer not fully configurable (function “LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels()” available): sequencer length and each rank affectation to a channel are defined by channel number. This function retrieves:
-
Sequence length: Number of ranks in the scan sequence is defined by number of channels set in the sequence, rank of each channel is fixed by channel HW number. (channel 0 fixed on rank 0, channel 1 fixed on rank1, …).
-
Sequence direction: Unless specified in parameters, sequencer scan direction is forward (from lowest channel number to highest channel number). Sequencer ranks are selected using function “LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels()”.
-
Note
Sequencer disabled is equivalent to sequencer of 1 rank: ADC conversion on only 1 channel.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerDiscont
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
seq_discont
)
-
Set ADC group regular sequencer discontinuous mode: sequence subdivided and scan conversions interrupted every selected number of ranks.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR DISCEN LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerDiscont
CFGR DISCNUM LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerDiscont
Note
It is not possible to enable both ADC group regular continuous mode and sequencer discontinuous mode.
Note
It is not possible to enable both ADC auto-injected mode and ADC group regular sequencer discontinuous mode.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
seq_discont – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerDiscont
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular sequencer discontinuous mode: sequence subdivided and scan conversions interrupted every selected number of ranks.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR DISCEN LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerDiscont
CFGR DISCNUM LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerDiscont
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
rank
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Set ADC group regular sequence: channel on the selected scan sequence rank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SQR1 SQ1 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR1 SQ2 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR1 SQ3 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR1 SQ4 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR2 SQ5 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR2 SQ6 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR2 SQ7 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR2 SQ8 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR2 SQ9 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR3 SQ10 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR3 SQ11 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR3 SQ12 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR3 SQ13 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR3 SQ14 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR4 SQ15 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
SQR4 SQ16 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
Note
This function performs configuration of:
-
Channels ordering into each rank of scan sequence: whatever channel can be placed into whatever rank.
Note
On this STM32 series, ADC group regular sequencer is fully configurable: sequencer length and each rank affectation to a channel are configurable. Refer to description of function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength() .
Note
Depending on devices and packages, some channels can be not available. Refer to device datasheet for channels availability.
Note
On this STM32 series, to measure internal channels (VrefInt, TempSensor, …), measurement paths to internal channels must be enabled separately. This can be done using function LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh() .
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
rank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_0 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_3 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_5 (3)
-
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
rank
)
-
Get ADC group regular sequence: channel on the selected scan sequence rank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SQR1 SQ1 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR1 SQ2 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR1 SQ3 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR1 SQ4 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR2 SQ5 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR2 SQ6 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR2 SQ7 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR2 SQ8 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR2 SQ9 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR3 SQ10 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR3 SQ11 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR3 SQ12 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR3 SQ13 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR3 SQ14 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR4 SQ15 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
SQR4 SQ16 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
Note
On this STM32 series, ADC group regular sequencer is fully configurable: sequencer length and each rank affectation to a channel are configurable. Refer to description of function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength() .
Note
Depending on devices and packages, some channels can be not available. Refer to device datasheet for channels availability.
Note
Usage of the returned channel number:
-
To reinject this channel into another function LL_ADC_xxx: the returned channel number is only partly formatted on definition of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x. Therefore, it has to be compared with parts of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x or using helper macro LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB() . Then the selected literal LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x can be used as parameter for another function.
-
To get the channel number in decimal format: process the returned value with the helper macro LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB() .
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
rank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value corresponds to one of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x with specific formatting, refer to note of this function.
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerScanDirection
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
scan_direction
)
-
Set ADC group regular sequencer scan direction.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR1 SCANDIR LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerScanDirection
Note
On this STM32 series, parameter relevant only is sequencer is set to mode not fully configurable, refer to function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable() .
Note
On some other STM32 families, this setting is not available and the default scan direction is forward.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
scan_direction – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerScanDirection
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular sequencer scan direction.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR1 SCANDIR LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerScanDirection
Note
On this STM32 series, parameter relevant only is sequencer is set to mode not fully configurable, refer to function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable() .
Note
On some other STM32 families, this setting is not available and the default scan direction is forward.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Set ADC group regular sequence: channel on rank corresponding to channel number.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CHSELR CHSEL0 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL1 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL2 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL3 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL4 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL5 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL6 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL7 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL8 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL9 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL10 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL11 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL12 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL13 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL14 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL15 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL16 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL17 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL18 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels
Note
This function performs:
-
Channels ordering into each rank of scan sequence: rank of each channel is fixed by channel HW number (channel 0 fixed on rank 0, channel 1 fixed on rank1, …).
-
Set channels selected by overwriting the current sequencer configuration.
Note
On this STM32 series, ADC group regular sequencer both modes “fully configurable” or “not fully configurable” are available, they can be chosen using function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable() . This function can be used with setting “not fully configurable”. Refer to description of functions LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable() and LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength() .
Note
Depending on devices and packages, some channels can be not available. Refer to device datasheet for channels availability.
Note
On this STM32 series, to measure internal channels (VrefInt, TempSensor, …), measurement paths to internal channels must be enabled separately. This can be done using function LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh() .
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
Note
One or several values can be selected. Example: (LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 | LL_ADC_CHANNEL_12 | …)
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
channel – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Add channel to ADC group regular sequence: channel on rank corresponding to channel number.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CHSELR CHSEL0 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL1 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL2 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL3 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL4 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL5 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL6 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL7 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL8 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL9 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL10 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL11 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL12 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL13 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL14 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL15 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL16 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL17 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
CHSELR CHSEL18 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChAdd
Note
This function performs:
-
Channels ordering into each rank of scan sequence: rank of each channel is fixed by channel HW number (channel 0 fixed on rank 0, channel 1 fixed on rank1, …).
-
Set channels selected by adding them to the current sequencer configuration.
Note
On this STM32 series, ADC group regular sequencer both modes “fully configurable” or “not fully configurable” are available, they can be chosen using function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable() . This function can be used with setting “not fully configurable”. Refer to description of functions LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable() and LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength() .
Note
Depending on devices and packages, some channels can be not available. Refer to device datasheet for channels availability.
Note
On this STM32 series, to measure internal channels (VrefInt, TempSensor, …), measurement paths to internal channels must be enabled separately. This can be done using function LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh() .
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
Note
One or several values can be selected. Example: (LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 | LL_ADC_CHANNEL_12 | …)
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Remove channel to ADC group regular sequence: channel on rank corresponding to channel number.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CHSELR CHSEL0 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL1 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL2 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL3 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL4 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL5 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL6 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL7 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL8 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL9 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL10 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL11 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL12 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL13 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL14 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL15 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL16 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL17 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
CHSELR CHSEL18 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChRem
Note
This function performs:
-
Channels ordering into each rank of scan sequence: rank of each channel is fixed by channel HW number (channel 0 fixed on rank 0, channel 1 fixed on rank1, …).
-
Set channels selected by removing them to the current sequencer configuration.
Note
On this STM32 series, ADC group regular sequencer both modes “fully configurable” or “not fully configurable” are available, they can be chosen using function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable() . This function can be used with setting “not fully configurable”. Refer to description of functions LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable() and LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength() .
Note
Depending on devices and packages, some channels can be not available. Refer to device datasheet for channels availability.
Note
On this STM32 series, to measure internal channels (VrefInt, TempSensor, …), measurement paths to internal channels must be enabled separately. This can be done using function LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh() .
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
Note
One or several values can be selected. Example: (LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 | LL_ADC_CHANNEL_12 | …)
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular sequence: channel on rank corresponding to channel number.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CHSELR CHSEL0 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL1 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL2 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL3 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL4 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL5 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL6 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL7 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL8 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL9 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL10 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL11 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL12 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL13 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL14 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL15 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL16 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL17 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
CHSELR CHSEL18 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerChannels
Note
This function performs:
-
Channels order reading into each rank of scan sequence: rank of each channel is fixed by channel HW number (channel 0 fixed on rank 0, channel 1 fixed on rank1, …).
Note
On this STM32 series, ADC group regular sequencer both modes “fully configurable” or “not fully configurable” are available, they can be chosen using function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable() . This function can be used with setting “not fully configurable”. Refer to description of functions LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable() and LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength() .
Note
Depending on devices and packages, some channels can be not available. Refer to device datasheet for channels availability.
Note
On this STM32 series, to measure internal channels (VrefInt, TempSensor, …), measurement paths to internal channels must be enabled separately. This can be done using function LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh() .
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
Note
One or several values can be retrieved. Example: (LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 | LL_ADC_CHANNEL_12 | …)
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be a combination of the following values (example: “(LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x | LL_ADC_CHANNEL_y)”):
-
void
LL_ADC_SetChannelPreselection
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Set ADC Channel Preselection to LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x, x = 0 to 19.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PCSEL PCSEL0 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_0
PCSEL PCSEL1 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1
PCSEL PCSEL2 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2
PCSEL PCSEL3 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_3
PCSEL PCSEL4 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4
PCSEL PCSEL5 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_5
PCSEL PCSEL6 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_6
PCSEL PCSEL7 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_7
PCSEL PCSEL8 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_8
PCSEL PCSEL9 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_9
PCSEL PCSEL10 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_10
PCSEL PCSEL11 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_11
PCSEL PCSEL12 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_12
PCSEL PCSEL13 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_13
PCSEL PCSEL14 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_14
PCSEL PCSEL15 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_15
PCSEL PCSEL16 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_16
PCSEL PCSEL17 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_17
PCSEL PCSEL18 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_18
PCSEL PCSEL19 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_19
Note
This function set the the value for the channel preselection register corresponding to ADC channel to be selected.
Note
Caution: This is not valid for ADC4.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance.
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetChannelPreselection
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC Channel Preselection register value.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PCSEL PCSEL0 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_0
PCSEL PCSEL1 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1
PCSEL PCSEL2 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2
PCSEL PCSEL3 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_3
PCSEL PCSEL4 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4
PCSEL PCSEL5 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_5
PCSEL PCSEL6 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_6
PCSEL PCSEL7 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_7
PCSEL PCSEL8 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_8
PCSEL PCSEL9 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_9
PCSEL PCSEL10 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_10
PCSEL PCSEL11 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_11
PCSEL PCSEL12 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_12
PCSEL PCSEL13 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_13
PCSEL PCSEL14 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_14
PCSEL PCSEL15 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_15
PCSEL PCSEL16 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_16
PCSEL PCSEL17 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_17
PCSEL PCSEL18 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_18
PCSEL PCSEL19 LL_ADC_CHANNEL_19
Note
This function set the the value for the channel preselection register corresponding to ADC channel to be selected.
Note
Caution: This is not valid for ADC4.
Note
Usage of the returned value: Returned decimal value that can correspond to one or multiple channels. If configuration corresponds to only one channel:
-
To reinject this channel into another function LL_ADC_xxx: the returned channel number is only partly formatted on definition of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x. Therefore, it has to be compared with parts of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x or using helper macro LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB() . Then the selected literal LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x can be used as parameter for another function.
-
To get the channel number in decimal format: process the returned value with the helper macro LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB() . If configuration corresponds to multiple channels: value cannot be associated to channel number.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance.
- Return values :
-
Returned – decimal value that can correspond to one or multiple channels (refer to note in function description).
-
void
LL_ADC_SetLPModeAutoPowerOff
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
low_power_mode
)
-
Set ADC low power mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PWRR AUTOFF LL_ADC_SetLPModeAutoPowerOff
Note
Description of ADC low power mode:
-
ADC low power mode “auto power-off”: the ADC automatically powers-off after a conversion and automatically wakes up when a new conversion is triggered (with startup time between trigger and start of sampling). This feature can be combined with low power mode “auto wait”.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
low_power_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetLPModeAutoPowerOff
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC low power mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PW AUTOFF LL_ADC_GetLPModeAutoPowerOff
Note
Description of ADC low power mode:
-
ADC low power mode “auto power-off”: the ADC automatically powers-off after a conversion and automatically wakes up when a new conversion is triggered (with startup time between trigger and start of sampling). This feature can be combined with low power mode “auto wait”.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetLPModeAutonomousDPD
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
low_power_mode
)
-
Set ADC low power mode: deep power down in autonomous mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PWRR DPD LL_ADC_SetLPModeAutonomousDPD
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
low_power_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetLPModeAutonomousDPD
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC low power mode: deep power down in autonomous mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PWRR DPD LL_ADC_GetLPModeAutonomousDPD
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetVrefProtection
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
vref_protection
)
-
Set ADC VREF protection when multiple ADCs are working simultaneously.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PWRR VREFPROT LL_ADC_SetVrefProtection
PWRR VREFSECSMP LL_ADC_SetVrefProtection
Note
In case of simultaneous sampling phase of ADC4 and ADC1/2, ADC4 is put on hold during one or two ADC4 clock cycles to avoid noise on Vref+. ADC state: ADC must be disabled.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
vref_protection – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetVrefProtection
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
ADC VREF protection when multiple ADCs are working simultaneously.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
PWRR VREFPROT LL_ADC_GetVrefProtection
PWRR VREFSECSMP LL_ADC_GetVrefProtection
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetContinuousMode
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
continuous
)
-
Set ADC continuous conversion mode on ADC group regular.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR CONT LL_ADC_REG_SetContinuousMode
Note
Description of ADC continuous conversion mode:
-
single mode: one conversion per trigger
-
continuous mode: after the first trigger, following conversions launched successively automatically.
Note
It is not possible to enable both ADC group regular continuous mode and sequencer discontinuous mode.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
continuous – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_GetContinuousMode
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC continuous conversion mode on ADC group regular.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR CONT LL_ADC_REG_GetContinuousMode
Note
Description of ADC continuous conversion mode:
-
single mode: one conversion per trigger
-
continuous mode: after the first trigger, following conversions launched successively automatically.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetDataTransferMode
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
data_transfer_mode
)
-
Set ADC data transfer mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR DMNGT LL_ADC_REG_SetDataTransferMode
Note
Conversion data can be either:
-
Available in Data Register
-
Transferred by DMA in one shot mode
-
Transferred by DMA in circular mode
-
Transferred to MDF data register
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
data_transfer_mode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_GetDataTransferMode
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC data transfer mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR DMNGT LL_ADC_REG_GetDataTransferMode
Note
Conversion data can be either:
-
Available in Data Register
-
Transferred by DMA in one shot mode
-
Transferred by DMA in circular mode
-
Transferred to DFSDM data register
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetDMATransfer
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
dma_transfer
)
-
Set ADC group regular conversion data transfer: no transfer or transfer by DMA, and DMA requests mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR1 DMAEN LL_ADC_REG_SetDMATransfer
CFGR1 DMACFG LL_ADC_REG_SetDMATransfer
Note
If transfer by DMA selected, specifies the DMA requests mode:
-
Limited mode (One shot mode): DMA transfer requests are stopped when number of DMA data transfers (number of ADC conversions) is reached. This ADC mode is intended to be used with DMA mode non-circular.
-
Unlimited mode: DMA transfer requests are unlimited, whatever number of DMA data transfers (number of ADC conversions). This ADC mode is intended to be used with DMA mode circular.
Note
If ADC DMA requests mode is set to unlimited and DMA is set to mode non-circular: when DMA transfers size will be reached, DMA will stop transfers of ADC conversions data ADC will raise an overrun error (overrun flag and interruption if enabled).
Note
To configure DMA source address (peripheral address), use function LL_ADC_DMA_GetRegAddr() .
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
dma_transfer – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_GetDMATransfer
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular conversion data transfer: no transfer or transfer by DMA, and DMA requests mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR1 DMAEN LL_ADC_REG_GetDMATransfer
CFGR1 DMACFG LL_ADC_REG_GetDMATransfer
Note
If transfer by DMA selected, specifies the DMA requests mode:
-
Limited mode (One shot mode): DMA transfer requests are stopped when number of DMA data transfers (number of ADC conversions) is reached. This ADC mode is intended to be used with DMA mode non-circular.
-
Unlimited mode: DMA transfer requests are unlimited, whatever number of DMA data transfers (number of ADC conversions). This ADC mode is intended to be used with DMA mode circular.
Note
If ADC DMA requests mode is set to unlimited and DMA is set to mode non-circular: when DMA transfers size will be reached, DMA will stop transfers of ADC conversions data ADC will raise an overrun error (overrun flag and interruption if enabled).
Note
To configure DMA source address (peripheral address), use function LL_ADC_DMA_GetRegAddr() .
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetOverrun
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
overrun
)
-
Set ADC group regular behavior in case of overrun: data preserved or overwritten.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR OVRMOD LL_ADC_REG_SetOverrun
Note
Compatibility with devices without feature overrun: other devices without this feature have a behavior equivalent to data overwritten. The default setting of overrun is data preserved. Therefore, for compatibility with all devices, parameter overrun can be set to data overwritten.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
overrun – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_GetOverrun
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular behavior in case of overrun: data preserved or overwritten.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR OVRMOD LL_ADC_REG_GetOverrun
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_SetTriggerSource
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
trigger_source
)
Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: group injected ¶
- group ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Group_Injected
-
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_INJ_SetTriggerSource
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
trigger_source
)
¶
-
Set ADC group injected conversion trigger source: internal (SW start) or from external peripheral (timer event, external interrupt line).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JSQR JEXTSEL LL_ADC_INJ_SetTriggerSource
JSQR JEXTEN LL_ADC_INJ_SetTriggerSource
Note
On this STM32 series, setting trigger source to external trigger also set trigger polarity to rising edge (default setting for compatibility with some ADC on other STM32 families having this setting set by HW default value). In case of need to modify trigger edge, use function LL_ADC_INJ_SetTriggerEdge() .
Note
Availability of parameters of trigger sources from timer depends on timers availability on the selected device.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must not be disabled. Can be enabled with or without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
trigger_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_INJ_GetTriggerSource
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC group injected conversion trigger source: internal (SW start) or from external peripheral (timer event, external interrupt line).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JSQR JEXTSEL LL_ADC_INJ_GetTriggerSource
JSQR JEXTEN LL_ADC_INJ_GetTriggerSource
Note
To determine whether group injected trigger source is internal (SW start) or external, without detail of which peripheral is selected as external trigger, (equivalent to “if(LL_ADC_INJ_GetTriggerSource(ADC1) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOFTWARE)”) use function LL_ADC_INJ_IsTriggerSourceSWStart .
Note
Availability of parameters of trigger sources from timer depends on timers availability on the selected device.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_INJ_IsTriggerSourceSWStart
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC group injected conversion trigger source internal (SW start) or external.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JSQR JEXTEN LL_ADC_INJ_IsTriggerSourceSWStart
Note
In case of group injected trigger source set to external trigger, to determine which peripheral is selected as external trigger, use function LL_ADC_INJ_GetTriggerSource .
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Value – “0” if trigger source external trigger Value “1” if trigger source SW start.
-
void
LL_ADC_INJ_SetTriggerEdge
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
external_trigger_edge
)
¶
-
Set ADC group injected conversion trigger polarity. Applicable only for trigger source set to external trigger.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JSQR JEXTEN LL_ADC_INJ_SetTriggerEdge
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must not be disabled. Can be enabled with or without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
external_trigger_edge – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_INJ_GetTriggerEdge
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC group injected conversion trigger polarity. Applicable only for trigger source set to external trigger.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JSQR JEXTEN LL_ADC_INJ_GetTriggerEdge
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerLength
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
sequencer_nb_ranks
)
¶
-
Set ADC group injected sequencer length and scan direction.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JSQR JL LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerLength
Note
This function performs configuration of:
-
Sequence length: Number of ranks in the scan sequence.
-
Sequence direction: Unless specified in parameters, sequencer scan direction is forward (from rank 1 to rank n).
Note
Sequencer disabled is equivalent to sequencer of 1 rank: ADC conversion on only 1 channel.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must not be disabled. Can be enabled with or without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
sequencer_nb_ranks – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_INJ_GetSequencerLength
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC group injected sequencer length and scan direction.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JSQR JL LL_ADC_INJ_GetSequencerLength
Note
This function retrieves:
-
Sequence length: Number of ranks in the scan sequence.
-
Sequence direction: Unless specified in parameters, sequencer scan direction is forward (from rank 1 to rank n).
Note
Sequencer disabled is equivalent to sequencer of 1 rank: ADC conversion on only 1 channel.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerDiscont
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
seq_discont
)
¶
-
Set ADC group injected sequencer discontinuous mode: sequence subdivided and scan conversions interrupted every selected number of ranks.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR JDISCEN LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerDiscont
Note
It is not possible to enable both ADC group injected auto-injected mode and sequencer discontinuous mode.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
seq_discont – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_INJ_GetSequencerDiscont
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC group injected sequencer discontinuous mode: sequence subdivided and scan conversions interrupted every selected number of ranks.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR JDISCEN LL_ADC_INJ_GetSequencerDiscont
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerRanks
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
rank
,
uint32_t
channel
)
¶
-
Set ADC group injected sequence: channel on the selected sequence rank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JSQR JSQ1 LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerRanks
JSQR JSQ2 LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerRanks
JSQR JSQ3 LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerRanks
JSQR JSQ4 LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerRanks
Note
Depending on devices and packages, some channels can be not available. Refer to device datasheet for channels availability.
Note
On this STM32 series, to measure internal channels (VrefInt, TempSensor, …), measurement paths to internal channels must be enabled separately. This can be done using function LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh() .
Note
On STM32U5, some fast channels are available: fast analog inputs coming from GPIO pads (ADC_IN0..5).
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must not be disabled. Can be enabled with or without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
rank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_0 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_3 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_5 (3)
-
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_INJ_GetSequencerRanks
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
rank
)
¶
-
Get ADC group injected sequence: channel on the selected sequence rank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JSQR JSQ1 LL_ADC_INJ_GetSequencerRanks
JSQR JSQ2 LL_ADC_INJ_GetSequencerRanks
JSQR JSQ3 LL_ADC_INJ_GetSequencerRanks
JSQR JSQ4 LL_ADC_INJ_GetSequencerRanks
Note
Depending on devices and packages, some channels can be not available. Refer to device datasheet for channels availability.
Note
Usage of the returned channel number:
-
To reinject this channel into another function LL_ADC_xxx: the returned channel number is only partly formatted on definition of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x. Therefore, it has to be compared with parts of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x or using helper macro LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB() . Then the selected literal LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x can be used as parameter for another function.
-
To get the channel number in decimal format: process the returned value with the helper macro LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB() .
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
rank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value corresponds to one of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x with specific formatting, refer to note of this function.
-
void
LL_ADC_INJ_SetTrigAuto
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
trig_auto
)
¶
-
Set ADC group injected conversion trigger: independent or from ADC group regular.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR JAUTO LL_ADC_INJ_SetTrigAuto
Note
This mode can be used to extend number of data registers updated after one ADC conversion trigger and with data permanently kept (not erased by successive conversions of scan of ADC sequencer ranks), up to 5 data registers: 1 data register on ADC group regular, 4 data registers on ADC group injected.
Note
If ADC group injected injected trigger source is set to an external trigger, this feature must be must be set to independent trigger. ADC group injected automatic trigger is compliant only with group injected trigger source set to SW start, without any further action on ADC group injected conversion start or stop: in this case, ADC group injected is controlled only from ADC group regular.
Note
It is not possible to enable both ADC group injected auto-injected mode and sequencer discontinuous mode.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
trig_auto – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_INJ_GetTrigAuto
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC group injected conversion trigger: independent or from ADC group regular.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR JAUTO LL_ADC_INJ_GetTrigAuto
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_INJ_ConfigQueueContext
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
trigger_source
,
uint32_t
external_trigger_edge
,
uint32_t
sequencer_nb_ranks
,
uint32_t
Rank1_Channel
,
uint32_t
Rank2_Channel
,
uint32_t
Rank3_Channel
,
uint32_t
Rank4_Channel
)
¶
-
Set one context on ADC group injected that will be checked in contexts queue.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JSQR JEXTSEL LL_ADC_INJ_ConfigQueueContext
JSQR JEXTEN LL_ADC_INJ_ConfigQueueContext
JSQR JL LL_ADC_INJ_ConfigQueueContext
JSQR JSQ1 LL_ADC_INJ_ConfigQueueContext
JSQR JSQ2 LL_ADC_INJ_ConfigQueueContext
JSQR JSQ3 LL_ADC_INJ_ConfigQueueContext
JSQR JSQ4 LL_ADC_INJ_ConfigQueueContext
Note
Specific STM32U5: Function kept for compatibility with other STM32 series, but has no dedicated use case on STM32U5: does not features contexts queue. Function can be replaced by equivalent LL functions:
Note
In the contexts queue, only the active context can be read. The parameters of this function can be read using functions:
Note
On this STM32 series, to measure internal channels (VrefInt, TempSensor, …), measurement paths to internal channels must be enabled separately. This can be done using function LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh() .
Note
On STM32U5, some fast channels are available: fast analog inputs coming from GPIO pads (ADC_IN0..5).
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must not be disabled. Can be enabled with or without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
trigger_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
external_trigger_edge – This parameter can be one of the following values:
Note: This parameter is discarded in case of SW start: parameter “trigger_source” set to “LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOFTWARE”. -
sequencer_nb_ranks – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
Rank1_Channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_0 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_3 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_5 (3)
-
-
Rank2_Channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_0 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_3 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_5 (3)
-
-
Rank3_Channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_0 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_3 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_5 (3)
-
-
Rank4_Channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_0 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_3 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_5 (3)
-
-
-
void
LL_ADC_INJ_SetTriggerSource
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
trigger_source
)
¶
- group ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Group_Injected
-
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_INJ_SetTriggerSource
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
trigger_source
)
-
Set ADC group injected conversion trigger source: internal (SW start) or from external peripheral (timer event, external interrupt line).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JSQR JEXTSEL LL_ADC_INJ_SetTriggerSource
JSQR JEXTEN LL_ADC_INJ_SetTriggerSource
Note
On this STM32 series, setting trigger source to external trigger also set trigger polarity to rising edge (default setting for compatibility with some ADC on other STM32 families having this setting set by HW default value). In case of need to modify trigger edge, use function LL_ADC_INJ_SetTriggerEdge() .
Note
Availability of parameters of trigger sources from timer depends on timers availability on the selected device.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must not be disabled. Can be enabled with or without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
trigger_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_INJ_GetTriggerSource
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group injected conversion trigger source: internal (SW start) or from external peripheral (timer event, external interrupt line).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JSQR JEXTSEL LL_ADC_INJ_GetTriggerSource
JSQR JEXTEN LL_ADC_INJ_GetTriggerSource
Note
To determine whether group injected trigger source is internal (SW start) or external, without detail of which peripheral is selected as external trigger, (equivalent to “if(LL_ADC_INJ_GetTriggerSource(ADC1) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOFTWARE)”) use function LL_ADC_INJ_IsTriggerSourceSWStart .
Note
Availability of parameters of trigger sources from timer depends on timers availability on the selected device.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_INJ_IsTriggerSourceSWStart
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group injected conversion trigger source internal (SW start) or external.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JSQR JEXTEN LL_ADC_INJ_IsTriggerSourceSWStart
Note
In case of group injected trigger source set to external trigger, to determine which peripheral is selected as external trigger, use function LL_ADC_INJ_GetTriggerSource .
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Value – “0” if trigger source external trigger Value “1” if trigger source SW start.
-
void
LL_ADC_INJ_SetTriggerEdge
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
external_trigger_edge
)
-
Set ADC group injected conversion trigger polarity. Applicable only for trigger source set to external trigger.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JSQR JEXTEN LL_ADC_INJ_SetTriggerEdge
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must not be disabled. Can be enabled with or without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
external_trigger_edge – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_INJ_GetTriggerEdge
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group injected conversion trigger polarity. Applicable only for trigger source set to external trigger.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JSQR JEXTEN LL_ADC_INJ_GetTriggerEdge
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerLength
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
sequencer_nb_ranks
)
-
Set ADC group injected sequencer length and scan direction.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JSQR JL LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerLength
Note
This function performs configuration of:
-
Sequence length: Number of ranks in the scan sequence.
-
Sequence direction: Unless specified in parameters, sequencer scan direction is forward (from rank 1 to rank n).
Note
Sequencer disabled is equivalent to sequencer of 1 rank: ADC conversion on only 1 channel.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must not be disabled. Can be enabled with or without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
sequencer_nb_ranks – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_INJ_GetSequencerLength
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group injected sequencer length and scan direction.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JSQR JL LL_ADC_INJ_GetSequencerLength
Note
This function retrieves:
-
Sequence length: Number of ranks in the scan sequence.
-
Sequence direction: Unless specified in parameters, sequencer scan direction is forward (from rank 1 to rank n).
Note
Sequencer disabled is equivalent to sequencer of 1 rank: ADC conversion on only 1 channel.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerDiscont
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
seq_discont
)
-
Set ADC group injected sequencer discontinuous mode: sequence subdivided and scan conversions interrupted every selected number of ranks.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR JDISCEN LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerDiscont
Note
It is not possible to enable both ADC group injected auto-injected mode and sequencer discontinuous mode.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
seq_discont – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_INJ_GetSequencerDiscont
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group injected sequencer discontinuous mode: sequence subdivided and scan conversions interrupted every selected number of ranks.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR JDISCEN LL_ADC_INJ_GetSequencerDiscont
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerRanks
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
rank
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Set ADC group injected sequence: channel on the selected sequence rank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JSQR JSQ1 LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerRanks
JSQR JSQ2 LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerRanks
JSQR JSQ3 LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerRanks
JSQR JSQ4 LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerRanks
Note
Depending on devices and packages, some channels can be not available. Refer to device datasheet for channels availability.
Note
On this STM32 series, to measure internal channels (VrefInt, TempSensor, …), measurement paths to internal channels must be enabled separately. This can be done using function LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh() .
Note
On STM32U5, some fast channels are available: fast analog inputs coming from GPIO pads (ADC_IN0..5).
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must not be disabled. Can be enabled with or without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
rank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_0 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_3 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_5 (3)
-
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_INJ_GetSequencerRanks
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
rank
)
-
Get ADC group injected sequence: channel on the selected sequence rank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JSQR JSQ1 LL_ADC_INJ_GetSequencerRanks
JSQR JSQ2 LL_ADC_INJ_GetSequencerRanks
JSQR JSQ3 LL_ADC_INJ_GetSequencerRanks
JSQR JSQ4 LL_ADC_INJ_GetSequencerRanks
Note
Depending on devices and packages, some channels can be not available. Refer to device datasheet for channels availability.
Note
Usage of the returned channel number:
-
To reinject this channel into another function LL_ADC_xxx: the returned channel number is only partly formatted on definition of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x. Therefore, it has to be compared with parts of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x or using helper macro LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB() . Then the selected literal LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x can be used as parameter for another function.
-
To get the channel number in decimal format: process the returned value with the helper macro LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB() .
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
rank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value corresponds to one of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x with specific formatting, refer to note of this function.
-
void
LL_ADC_INJ_SetTrigAuto
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
trig_auto
)
-
Set ADC group injected conversion trigger: independent or from ADC group regular.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR JAUTO LL_ADC_INJ_SetTrigAuto
Note
This mode can be used to extend number of data registers updated after one ADC conversion trigger and with data permanently kept (not erased by successive conversions of scan of ADC sequencer ranks), up to 5 data registers: 1 data register on ADC group regular, 4 data registers on ADC group injected.
Note
If ADC group injected injected trigger source is set to an external trigger, this feature must be must be set to independent trigger. ADC group injected automatic trigger is compliant only with group injected trigger source set to SW start, without any further action on ADC group injected conversion start or stop: in this case, ADC group injected is controlled only from ADC group regular.
Note
It is not possible to enable both ADC group injected auto-injected mode and sequencer discontinuous mode.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
trig_auto – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_INJ_GetTrigAuto
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group injected conversion trigger: independent or from ADC group regular.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR JAUTO LL_ADC_INJ_GetTrigAuto
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_INJ_ConfigQueueContext
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
trigger_source
,
uint32_t
external_trigger_edge
,
uint32_t
sequencer_nb_ranks
,
uint32_t
Rank1_Channel
,
uint32_t
Rank2_Channel
,
uint32_t
Rank3_Channel
,
uint32_t
Rank4_Channel
)
-
Set one context on ADC group injected that will be checked in contexts queue.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JSQR JEXTSEL LL_ADC_INJ_ConfigQueueContext
JSQR JEXTEN LL_ADC_INJ_ConfigQueueContext
JSQR JL LL_ADC_INJ_ConfigQueueContext
JSQR JSQ1 LL_ADC_INJ_ConfigQueueContext
JSQR JSQ2 LL_ADC_INJ_ConfigQueueContext
JSQR JSQ3 LL_ADC_INJ_ConfigQueueContext
JSQR JSQ4 LL_ADC_INJ_ConfigQueueContext
Note
Specific STM32U5: Function kept for compatibility with other STM32 series, but has no dedicated use case on STM32U5: does not features contexts queue. Function can be replaced by equivalent LL functions:
Note
In the contexts queue, only the active context can be read. The parameters of this function can be read using functions:
Note
On this STM32 series, to measure internal channels (VrefInt, TempSensor, …), measurement paths to internal channels must be enabled separately. This can be done using function LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh() .
Note
On STM32U5, some fast channels are available: fast analog inputs coming from GPIO pads (ADC_IN0..5).
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must not be disabled. Can be enabled with or without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
trigger_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
external_trigger_edge – This parameter can be one of the following values:
Note: This parameter is discarded in case of SW start: parameter “trigger_source” set to “LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOFTWARE”. -
sequencer_nb_ranks – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
Rank1_Channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_0 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_3 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_5 (3)
-
-
Rank2_Channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_0 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_3 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_5 (3)
-
-
Rank3_Channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_0 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_3 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_5 (3)
-
-
Rank4_Channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_0 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_3 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_5 (3)
-
-
-
void
LL_ADC_INJ_SetTriggerSource
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
trigger_source
)
- group ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Group_Injected
-
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_INJ_SetTriggerSource
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
trigger_source
)
-
Set ADC group injected conversion trigger source: internal (SW start) or from external peripheral (timer event, external interrupt line).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JSQR JEXTSEL LL_ADC_INJ_SetTriggerSource
JSQR JEXTEN LL_ADC_INJ_SetTriggerSource
Note
On this STM32 series, setting trigger source to external trigger also set trigger polarity to rising edge (default setting for compatibility with some ADC on other STM32 families having this setting set by HW default value). In case of need to modify trigger edge, use function LL_ADC_INJ_SetTriggerEdge() .
Note
Availability of parameters of trigger sources from timer depends on timers availability on the selected device.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must not be disabled. Can be enabled with or without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
trigger_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_INJ_GetTriggerSource
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group injected conversion trigger source: internal (SW start) or from external peripheral (timer event, external interrupt line).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JSQR JEXTSEL LL_ADC_INJ_GetTriggerSource
JSQR JEXTEN LL_ADC_INJ_GetTriggerSource
Note
To determine whether group injected trigger source is internal (SW start) or external, without detail of which peripheral is selected as external trigger, (equivalent to “if(LL_ADC_INJ_GetTriggerSource(ADC1) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOFTWARE)”) use function LL_ADC_INJ_IsTriggerSourceSWStart .
Note
Availability of parameters of trigger sources from timer depends on timers availability on the selected device.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_INJ_IsTriggerSourceSWStart
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group injected conversion trigger source internal (SW start) or external.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JSQR JEXTEN LL_ADC_INJ_IsTriggerSourceSWStart
Note
In case of group injected trigger source set to external trigger, to determine which peripheral is selected as external trigger, use function LL_ADC_INJ_GetTriggerSource .
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Value – “0” if trigger source external trigger Value “1” if trigger source SW start.
-
void
LL_ADC_INJ_SetTriggerEdge
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
external_trigger_edge
)
-
Set ADC group injected conversion trigger polarity. Applicable only for trigger source set to external trigger.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JSQR JEXTEN LL_ADC_INJ_SetTriggerEdge
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must not be disabled. Can be enabled with or without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
external_trigger_edge – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_INJ_GetTriggerEdge
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group injected conversion trigger polarity. Applicable only for trigger source set to external trigger.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JSQR JEXTEN LL_ADC_INJ_GetTriggerEdge
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerLength
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
sequencer_nb_ranks
)
-
Set ADC group injected sequencer length and scan direction.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JSQR JL LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerLength
Note
This function performs configuration of:
-
Sequence length: Number of ranks in the scan sequence.
-
Sequence direction: Unless specified in parameters, sequencer scan direction is forward (from rank 1 to rank n).
Note
Sequencer disabled is equivalent to sequencer of 1 rank: ADC conversion on only 1 channel.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must not be disabled. Can be enabled with or without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
sequencer_nb_ranks – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_INJ_GetSequencerLength
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group injected sequencer length and scan direction.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JSQR JL LL_ADC_INJ_GetSequencerLength
Note
This function retrieves:
-
Sequence length: Number of ranks in the scan sequence.
-
Sequence direction: Unless specified in parameters, sequencer scan direction is forward (from rank 1 to rank n).
Note
Sequencer disabled is equivalent to sequencer of 1 rank: ADC conversion on only 1 channel.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerDiscont
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
seq_discont
)
-
Set ADC group injected sequencer discontinuous mode: sequence subdivided and scan conversions interrupted every selected number of ranks.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR JDISCEN LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerDiscont
Note
It is not possible to enable both ADC group injected auto-injected mode and sequencer discontinuous mode.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
seq_discont – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_INJ_GetSequencerDiscont
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group injected sequencer discontinuous mode: sequence subdivided and scan conversions interrupted every selected number of ranks.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR JDISCEN LL_ADC_INJ_GetSequencerDiscont
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerRanks
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
rank
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Set ADC group injected sequence: channel on the selected sequence rank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JSQR JSQ1 LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerRanks
JSQR JSQ2 LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerRanks
JSQR JSQ3 LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerRanks
JSQR JSQ4 LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerRanks
Note
Depending on devices and packages, some channels can be not available. Refer to device datasheet for channels availability.
Note
On this STM32 series, to measure internal channels (VrefInt, TempSensor, …), measurement paths to internal channels must be enabled separately. This can be done using function LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh() .
Note
On STM32U5, some fast channels are available: fast analog inputs coming from GPIO pads (ADC_IN0..5).
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must not be disabled. Can be enabled with or without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
rank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_0 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_3 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_5 (3)
-
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_INJ_GetSequencerRanks
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
rank
)
-
Get ADC group injected sequence: channel on the selected sequence rank.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JSQR JSQ1 LL_ADC_INJ_GetSequencerRanks
JSQR JSQ2 LL_ADC_INJ_GetSequencerRanks
JSQR JSQ3 LL_ADC_INJ_GetSequencerRanks
JSQR JSQ4 LL_ADC_INJ_GetSequencerRanks
Note
Depending on devices and packages, some channels can be not available. Refer to device datasheet for channels availability.
Note
Usage of the returned channel number:
-
To reinject this channel into another function LL_ADC_xxx: the returned channel number is only partly formatted on definition of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x. Therefore, it has to be compared with parts of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x or using helper macro LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB() . Then the selected literal LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x can be used as parameter for another function.
-
To get the channel number in decimal format: process the returned value with the helper macro LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB() .
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
rank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value corresponds to one of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x with specific formatting, refer to note of this function.
-
void
LL_ADC_INJ_SetTrigAuto
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
trig_auto
)
-
Set ADC group injected conversion trigger: independent or from ADC group regular.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR JAUTO LL_ADC_INJ_SetTrigAuto
Note
This mode can be used to extend number of data registers updated after one ADC conversion trigger and with data permanently kept (not erased by successive conversions of scan of ADC sequencer ranks), up to 5 data registers: 1 data register on ADC group regular, 4 data registers on ADC group injected.
Note
If ADC group injected injected trigger source is set to an external trigger, this feature must be must be set to independent trigger. ADC group injected automatic trigger is compliant only with group injected trigger source set to SW start, without any further action on ADC group injected conversion start or stop: in this case, ADC group injected is controlled only from ADC group regular.
Note
It is not possible to enable both ADC group injected auto-injected mode and sequencer discontinuous mode.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
trig_auto – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_INJ_GetTrigAuto
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group injected conversion trigger: independent or from ADC group regular.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR JAUTO LL_ADC_INJ_GetTrigAuto
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_INJ_ConfigQueueContext
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
trigger_source
,
uint32_t
external_trigger_edge
,
uint32_t
sequencer_nb_ranks
,
uint32_t
Rank1_Channel
,
uint32_t
Rank2_Channel
,
uint32_t
Rank3_Channel
,
uint32_t
Rank4_Channel
)
-
Set one context on ADC group injected that will be checked in contexts queue.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JSQR JEXTSEL LL_ADC_INJ_ConfigQueueContext
JSQR JEXTEN LL_ADC_INJ_ConfigQueueContext
JSQR JL LL_ADC_INJ_ConfigQueueContext
JSQR JSQ1 LL_ADC_INJ_ConfigQueueContext
JSQR JSQ2 LL_ADC_INJ_ConfigQueueContext
JSQR JSQ3 LL_ADC_INJ_ConfigQueueContext
JSQR JSQ4 LL_ADC_INJ_ConfigQueueContext
Note
Specific STM32U5: Function kept for compatibility with other STM32 series, but has no dedicated use case on STM32U5: does not features contexts queue. Function can be replaced by equivalent LL functions:
Note
In the contexts queue, only the active context can be read. The parameters of this function can be read using functions:
Note
On this STM32 series, to measure internal channels (VrefInt, TempSensor, …), measurement paths to internal channels must be enabled separately. This can be done using function LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh() .
Note
On STM32U5, some fast channels are available: fast analog inputs coming from GPIO pads (ADC_IN0..5).
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must not be disabled. Can be enabled with or without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
trigger_source – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
external_trigger_edge – This parameter can be one of the following values:
Note: This parameter is discarded in case of SW start: parameter “trigger_source” set to “LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOFTWARE”. -
sequencer_nb_ranks – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
Rank1_Channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_0 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_3 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_5 (3)
-
-
Rank2_Channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_0 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_3 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_5 (3)
-
-
Rank3_Channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_0 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_3 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_5 (3)
-
-
Rank4_Channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_0 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_3 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_5 (3)
-
-
-
void
LL_ADC_INJ_SetTriggerSource
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
trigger_source
)
Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: channels ¶
- group ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_Channels
-
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
sampling_time
)
¶
-
Set sampling time of the selected ADC channel Unit: ADC clock cycles.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMPR1 SMP0 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP1 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP2 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP3 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP4 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP5 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP6 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP7 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP8 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP9 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP10 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP11 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP12 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP13 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP14 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP15 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP16 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP17 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP18 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
Note
On this device, sampling time is on channel scope: independently of channel mapped on ADC group regular or injected.
Note
In case of internal channel (VrefInt, TempSensor, …) to be converted: sampling time constraints must be respected (sampling time can be adjusted in function of ADC clock frequency and sampling time setting). Refer to device datasheet for timings values (parameters TS_vrefint, TS_temp, …).
Note
Conversion time is the addition of sampling time and processing time. On this STM32 series, ADC processing time is:
-
12.5 ADC clock cycles at ADC resolution 12 bits
-
10.5 ADC clock cycles at ADC resolution 10 bits
-
8.5 ADC clock cycles at ADC resolution 8 bits
-
6.5 ADC clock cycles at ADC resolution 6 bits
Note
In case of ADC conversion of internal channel (VrefInt, temperature sensor, …), a sampling time minimum value is required. Refer to device datasheet.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_0 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_3 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_5 (3)
-
-
sampling_time – This parameter can be one of the following values, In case of ADC1 instance:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
channel
)
¶
-
Get sampling time of the selected ADC channel Unit: ADC clock cycles.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMPR1 SMP0 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP1 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP2 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP3 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP4 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP5 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP6 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP7 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP8 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP9 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP10 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP11 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP12 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP13 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP14 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP15 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP16 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP17 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP18 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
Note
On this device, sampling time is on channel scope: independently of channel mapped on ADC group regular or injected.
Note
Conversion time is the addition of sampling time and processing time. On this STM32 series, ADC processing time is:
-
12.5 ADC clock cycles at ADC resolution 12 bits
-
10.5 ADC clock cycles at ADC resolution 10 bits
-
8.5 ADC clock cycles at ADC resolution 8 bits
-
6.5 ADC clock cycles at ADC resolution 6 bits
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_0 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_3 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_5 (3)
-
-
- Return values :
-
In – case of ADC1 instance, Returned value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetChannelSingleDiff
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
input_mode
)
¶
-
Set mode single-ended or differential input of the selected ADC channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIFSEL DIFSEL LL_ADC_SetChannelSingleDiff
Note
In differential mode: to compute voltage (unit: mV) corresponding to a ADC conversion data (unit: digital value) use helper macro LL_ADC_CALC_DIFF_DATA_TO_VOLTAGE .
Note
In differential mode: Differential measurement is carried out between the selected channel (positive input) and another channel (negative input). Only selected channel has to be configured, the other channel is configured automatically and is not usable separately.
Note
Differential mode is not available on all channels. For compliant channels list, refer to reference manual.
Note
For ADC channels configured in differential mode, both inputs must be biased at (Vref+)/2 +/-200mV. (Vref+ is the analog voltage reference)
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be ADC disabled.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
input_mode – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetChannelSingleDiff
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
channel
)
¶
-
Get mode single-ended or differential input of the selected ADC channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIFSEL DIFSEL LL_ADC_GetChannelSingleDiff
Note
In differential mode: Differential measurement is carried out between the selected channel (positive input) and another channel (negative input). Only selected channel has to be configured, the other channel is configured automatically and is not usable separately.
Note
Differential mode is not available on all channels. For compliant channels list, refer to reference manual.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
channel – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
sampling_time
)
¶
- group ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_Channels
-
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
sampling_time
)
-
Set sampling time of the selected ADC channel Unit: ADC clock cycles.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMPR1 SMP0 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP1 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP2 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP3 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP4 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP5 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP6 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP7 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP8 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP9 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP10 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP11 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP12 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP13 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP14 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP15 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP16 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP17 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP18 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
Note
On this device, sampling time is on channel scope: independently of channel mapped on ADC group regular or injected.
Note
In case of internal channel (VrefInt, TempSensor, …) to be converted: sampling time constraints must be respected (sampling time can be adjusted in function of ADC clock frequency and sampling time setting). Refer to device datasheet for timings values (parameters TS_vrefint, TS_temp, …).
Note
Conversion time is the addition of sampling time and processing time. On this STM32 series, ADC processing time is:
-
12.5 ADC clock cycles at ADC resolution 12 bits
-
10.5 ADC clock cycles at ADC resolution 10 bits
-
8.5 ADC clock cycles at ADC resolution 8 bits
-
6.5 ADC clock cycles at ADC resolution 6 bits
Note
In case of ADC conversion of internal channel (VrefInt, temperature sensor, …), a sampling time minimum value is required. Refer to device datasheet.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_0 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_3 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_5 (3)
-
-
sampling_time – This parameter can be one of the following values, In case of ADC1 instance:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get sampling time of the selected ADC channel Unit: ADC clock cycles.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMPR1 SMP0 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP1 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP2 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP3 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP4 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP5 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP6 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP7 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP8 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP9 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP10 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP11 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP12 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP13 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP14 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP15 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP16 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP17 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP18 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
Note
On this device, sampling time is on channel scope: independently of channel mapped on ADC group regular or injected.
Note
Conversion time is the addition of sampling time and processing time. On this STM32 series, ADC processing time is:
-
12.5 ADC clock cycles at ADC resolution 12 bits
-
10.5 ADC clock cycles at ADC resolution 10 bits
-
8.5 ADC clock cycles at ADC resolution 8 bits
-
6.5 ADC clock cycles at ADC resolution 6 bits
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_0 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_3 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_5 (3)
-
-
- Return values :
-
In – case of ADC1 instance, Returned value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetChannelSingleDiff
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
input_mode
)
-
Set mode single-ended or differential input of the selected ADC channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIFSEL DIFSEL LL_ADC_SetChannelSingleDiff
Note
In differential mode: to compute voltage (unit: mV) corresponding to a ADC conversion data (unit: digital value) use helper macro LL_ADC_CALC_DIFF_DATA_TO_VOLTAGE .
Note
In differential mode: Differential measurement is carried out between the selected channel (positive input) and another channel (negative input). Only selected channel has to be configured, the other channel is configured automatically and is not usable separately.
Note
Differential mode is not available on all channels. For compliant channels list, refer to reference manual.
Note
For ADC channels configured in differential mode, both inputs must be biased at (Vref+)/2 +/-200mV. (Vref+ is the analog voltage reference)
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be ADC disabled.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
input_mode – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetChannelSingleDiff
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get mode single-ended or differential input of the selected ADC channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIFSEL DIFSEL LL_ADC_GetChannelSingleDiff
Note
In differential mode: Differential measurement is carried out between the selected channel (positive input) and another channel (negative input). Only selected channel has to be configured, the other channel is configured automatically and is not usable separately.
Note
Differential mode is not available on all channels. For compliant channels list, refer to reference manual.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
channel – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
sampling_time
)
- group ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_Channels
-
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
sampling_time
)
-
Set sampling time of the selected ADC channel Unit: ADC clock cycles.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMPR1 SMP0 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP1 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP2 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP3 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP4 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP5 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP6 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP7 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP8 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP9 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP10 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP11 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP12 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP13 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP14 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP15 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP16 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP17 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP18 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
Note
On this device, sampling time is on channel scope: independently of channel mapped on ADC group regular or injected.
Note
In case of internal channel (VrefInt, TempSensor, …) to be converted: sampling time constraints must be respected (sampling time can be adjusted in function of ADC clock frequency and sampling time setting). Refer to device datasheet for timings values (parameters TS_vrefint, TS_temp, …).
Note
Conversion time is the addition of sampling time and processing time. On this STM32 series, ADC processing time is:
-
12.5 ADC clock cycles at ADC resolution 12 bits
-
10.5 ADC clock cycles at ADC resolution 10 bits
-
8.5 ADC clock cycles at ADC resolution 8 bits
-
6.5 ADC clock cycles at ADC resolution 6 bits
Note
In case of ADC conversion of internal channel (VrefInt, temperature sensor, …), a sampling time minimum value is required. Refer to device datasheet.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_0 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_3 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_5 (3)
-
-
sampling_time – This parameter can be one of the following values, In case of ADC1 instance:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get sampling time of the selected ADC channel Unit: ADC clock cycles.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
SMPR1 SMP0 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP1 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP2 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP3 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP4 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP5 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP6 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP7 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP8 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR1 SMP9 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP10 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP11 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP12 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP13 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP14 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP15 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP16 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP17 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
SMPR2 SMP18 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
Note
On this device, sampling time is on channel scope: independently of channel mapped on ADC group regular or injected.
Note
Conversion time is the addition of sampling time and processing time. On this STM32 series, ADC processing time is:
-
12.5 ADC clock cycles at ADC resolution 12 bits
-
10.5 ADC clock cycles at ADC resolution 10 bits
-
8.5 ADC clock cycles at ADC resolution 8 bits
-
6.5 ADC clock cycles at ADC resolution 6 bits
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_0 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_3 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_5 (3)
-
-
- Return values :
-
In – case of ADC1 instance, Returned value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetChannelSingleDiff
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
input_mode
)
-
Set mode single-ended or differential input of the selected ADC channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIFSEL DIFSEL LL_ADC_SetChannelSingleDiff
Note
In differential mode: to compute voltage (unit: mV) corresponding to a ADC conversion data (unit: digital value) use helper macro LL_ADC_CALC_DIFF_DATA_TO_VOLTAGE .
Note
In differential mode: Differential measurement is carried out between the selected channel (positive input) and another channel (negative input). Only selected channel has to be configured, the other channel is configured automatically and is not usable separately.
Note
Differential mode is not available on all channels. For compliant channels list, refer to reference manual.
Note
For ADC channels configured in differential mode, both inputs must be biased at (Vref+)/2 +/-200mV. (Vref+ is the analog voltage reference)
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be ADC disabled.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
input_mode – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetChannelSingleDiff
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Get mode single-ended or differential input of the selected ADC channel.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DIFSEL DIFSEL LL_ADC_GetChannelSingleDiff
Note
In differential mode: Differential measurement is carried out between the selected channel (positive input) and another channel (negative input). Only selected channel has to be configured, the other channel is configured automatically and is not usable separately.
Note
Differential mode is not available on all channels. For compliant channels list, refer to reference manual.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
channel – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
channel
,
uint32_t
sampling_time
)
Configuration of ADC transversal scope: analog watchdog ¶
- group ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_AnalogWatchdog
-
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
awd_y
,
uint32_t
group
,
uint32_t
channel
)
¶
-
Set ADC analog watchdog monitored channels: ADC group (regular and-or injected) and channel (single, multiple or all channels)
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR AWD1CH LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope
CFGR AWD1SGL LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope
CFGR AWD1EN LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope
CFGR JAWD1EN LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope
AWD2CR AWD2CH LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope
AWD3CR AWD3CH LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope
Note
Specific configurations:
-
to monitor all channels, use following parameters values: LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope(…, …, group regular and-or injected, LL_ADC_CHANNEL_ALL)
-
to disable ADC analog watchdog, use following parameters values: LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope(…, …, LL_ADC_GROUP_NONE, LL_ADC_CHANNEL_NONE) (parameters LL_ADC_GROUP_NONE and LL_ADC_CHANNEL_NONE must be used together, not separately)
-
specific case (only on analog watchdog instances: AWD2, AWD3), to monitor multiple channels use following parameters values (channels list with logical or): LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope(…, …, group regular and-or injected, LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x | LL_ADC_CHANNEL_y)
Note
The ADC analog watchdog configuration parameters can be read back using functions LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeGroup and LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeChannel .
Note
Once monitored channels are selected, analog watchdog is enabled.
Note
On this STM32 series, there are 2 kinds of analog watchdog instance:
-
AWD standard (instance AWD1):
-
channels monitored: can monitor 1 channel or all channels.
-
groups monitored: ADC groups regular and-or injected.
-
-
AWD flexible (instances AWD2, AWD3):
-
channels monitored: flexible on channels monitored, selection is channel wise, from from 1 to all channels. Specificity of this analog watchdog: Multiple channels can be selected. For example: (LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNEL4_REG_INJ | LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNEL5_REG_INJ | …)
-
groups monitored: not selection possible (monitoring on both groups regular and injected). Channels selected are monitored on groups regular and injected: LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNELxx_REG_INJ (do not use parameters LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNELxx_REG and LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNELxx_INJ)
-
Note
This function replaces deprecated function LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDMonitChannels().
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
awd_y – AWD instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
group – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_0 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_3 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_5 (3)
-
ADC1, ADC2: group regular or injected selection available only on ADC analog watchdog instance: AWD1
-
ADC4: only group regular available
-
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeGroup
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
awd_y
)
¶
-
Get ADC analog watchdog monitored channels: ADC group (regular and-or injected)
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR AWD1CH LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeGroup
CFGR AWD1SGL LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeGroup
CFGR AWD1EN LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeGroup
CFGR JAWD1EN LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeGroup
AWD2CR AWD2CH LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeGroup
AWD3CR AWD3CH LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeGroup
Note
Configuration done by LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope() , refer to description of this function for more details on parameters.
Note
This function replaces deprecated function LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDMonitChannels().
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
awd_y – AWD instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
ADC1, ADC2: group regular or injected selection available only on ADC analog watchdog instance: AWD1
-
ADC4: only group regular available
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeChannel
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
awd_y
)
¶
-
Get ADC analog watchdog monitored channels: ADC channel (single, multiple or all channels)
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR AWD1CH LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeChannel
CFGR AWD1SGL LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeChannel
CFGR AWD1EN LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeChannel
CFGR JAWD1EN LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeChannel
AWD2CR AWD2CH LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeChannel
AWD3CR AWD3CH LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeChannel
Note
Configuration done by LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope() , refer to description of this function for more details on parameters.
Note
This function does not support specific case of multiple channels monitored (only on analog watchdog instances: AWD2, AWD3), return not relevant.
Note
Usage of the returned value: Returned decimal value that can correspond to one or multiple channels. If analog watchdog set to monitor only one channel:
-
To reinject this channel into another function LL_ADC_xxx: the returned channel number is only partly formatted on definition of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x. Therefore, it has to be compared with parts of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x or using helper macro LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB() . Then the selected literal LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x can be used as parameter for another function.
-
To get the channel number in decimal format: process the returned value with the helper macro LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB() . If analog watchdog set to monitor multiple channels: value cannot be associated to channel number.
Note
This function replaces deprecated function LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDMonitChannels().
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
awd_y – AWD instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value corresponds to one of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x with specific formatting, refer to note of this function.
-
void
LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDThresholds
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
awd_y
,
uint32_t
awd_thresholds_high_low
,
int32_t
awd_threshold_value
)
¶
-
Set ADC analog watchdog threshold value of threshold high or low.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
TR1 HT1 LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDThresholds
TR2 HT2 LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDThresholds
TR3 HT3 LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDThresholds
TR1 LT1 LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDThresholds
TR2 LT2 LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDThresholds
TR3 LT3 LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDThresholds
Note
In case of ADC resolution different of default resolution (14 bit in case of ADC1 or ADC2, 12 bit in case of ADC4) analog watchdog thresholds data requires a specific shift. Use helper macro LL_ADC_ANALOGWD_SET_THRESHOLD_RES() .
Note
Specific ADC4: In case of oversampling enabled, analog watchdog monitored range is shifted left (from [11:0] to [15:4]). Therefore, thresholds value must be computed accordingly (shift left 4 bits).
Note
On this STM32 series, there are 2 kinds of analog watchdog instance:
-
AWD standard (instance AWD1):
-
channels monitored: can monitor 1 channel or all channels.
-
groups monitored: ADC groups regular and-or injected.
-
-
AWD flexible (instances AWD2, AWD3):
-
channels monitored: flexible on channels monitored, selection is channel wise, from from 1 to all channels. Specificity of this analog watchdog: Multiple channels can be selected. For example: (LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNEL4_REG_INJ | LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNEL5_REG_INJ | …)
-
groups monitored: not selection possible (monitoring on both groups regular and injected). Channels selected are monitored on groups regular and injected: LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNELxx_REG_INJ (do not use parameters LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNELxx_REG and LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNELxx_INJ)
-
Note
If ADC oversampling is enabled, ADC analog watchdog thresholds are impacted: the comparison of analog watchdog thresholds is done on oversampling intermediate computation (after ratio, before shift application): intermediate register bitfield [32:7] (26 most significant bits).
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either ADC groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
awd_y – AWD instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
awd_thresholds_high_low – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
awd_threshold_value – Analog watchdog threshold value. Value is signed and can exceed ADC resolution with post-processing computation (offset, oversampling, data shift, …). ADC1, 2: between Min_Data=-16777216 (two’s complement 0xFF000000) and Max_Data=+16777215 (0x00FFFFFF) ADC4: between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0xFFF
-
-
int32_t
LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDThresholds
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
awd_y
,
uint32_t
awd_thresholds_high_low
)
¶
-
Get ADC analog watchdog threshold value of threshold high, threshold low or raw data with ADC thresholds high and low concatenated.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
TR1 HT1 LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDThresholds
TR2 HT2 LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDThresholds
TR3 HT3 LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDThresholds
TR1 LT1 LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDThresholds
TR2 LT2 LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDThresholds
TR3 LT3 LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDThresholds
Note
In case of ADC resolution different of default resolution (14 bit in case of ADC1 or ADC2, 12 bit in case of ADC4) analog watchdog thresholds data requires a specific shift. Use helper macro LL_ADC_ANALOGWD_GET_THRESHOLD_RES() .
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
awd_y – AWD instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
awd_thresholds_high_low – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Value – is signed and can exceed ADC resolution with post-processing computation (offset, oversampling, data shift, …). ADC1, 2: between Min_Data=-16777216 (two’s complement 0xFF000000) and Max_Data=+16777215 (0x00FFFFFF) ADC4: between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0xFFF
-
void
LL_ADC_ConfigAnalogWDThresholds
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
awd_y
,
uint32_t
awd_threshold_high_value
,
uint32_t
awd_threshold_low_value
)
¶
-
Set ADC analog watchdog thresholds value of both thresholds high and low.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
TR1 HT1 LL_ADC_ConfigAnalogWDThresholds
TR2 HT2 LL_ADC_ConfigAnalogWDThresholds
TR3 HT3 LL_ADC_ConfigAnalogWDThresholds
TR1 LT1 LL_ADC_ConfigAnalogWDThresholds
TR2 LT2 LL_ADC_ConfigAnalogWDThresholds
TR3 LT3 LL_ADC_ConfigAnalogWDThresholds
Note
If value of only one threshold high or low must be set, use function LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDThresholds() .
Note
In case of ADC resolution different of default resolution (14 bit in case of ADC1 or ADC2, 12 bit in case of ADC4) analog watchdog thresholds data requires a specific shift.
Note
Specific ADC4: In case of oversampling enabled, analog watchdog monitored range is shifted left (from [11:0] to [15:4]). Therefore, thresholds value must be computed accordingly (shift left 4 bits).
Note
On this STM32 series, there are 2 kinds of analog watchdog instance:
-
AWD standard (instance AWD1):
-
channels monitored: can monitor 1 channel or all channels.
-
groups monitored: ADC group regular.
-
resolution: resolution is not limited (corresponds to ADC resolution configured).
-
-
AWD flexible (instances AWD2, AWD3):
-
channels monitored: flexible on channels monitored, selection is channel wise, from from 1 to all channels. Specificity of this analog watchdog: Multiple channels can be selected. For example: (LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNEL4_REG_INJ | LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNEL5_REG_INJ | …)
-
groups monitored: not selection possible (monitoring on both groups regular and injected). Channels selected are monitored on groups regular and injected: LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNELxx_REG_INJ (do not use parameters LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNELxx_REG and LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNELxx_INJ)
-
resolution: resolution is not limited (corresponds to ADC resolution configured).
-
Note
If ADC oversampling is enabled, ADC analog watchdog thresholds are impacted: the comparison of analog watchdog thresholds is done on oversampling final computation (after ratio and shift application): ADC data register bitfield [15:4] (12 most significant bits). Examples:
-
Oversampling ratio and shift selected to have ADC conversion data on 12 bits (ratio 16 and shift 4, or ratio 32 and shift 5, …): ADC analog watchdog thresholds must be divided by 16.
-
Oversampling ratio and shift selected to have ADC conversion data on 14 bits (ratio 16 and shift 2, or ratio 32 and shift 3, …): ADC analog watchdog thresholds must be divided by 4.
-
Oversampling ratio and shift selected to have ADC conversion data on 16 bits (ratio 16 and shift none, or ratio 32 and shift 1, …): ADC analog watchdog thresholds match directly to ADC data register.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
awd_y – AWD instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
awd_threshold_high_value – Value between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0xFFF
-
awd_threshold_low_value – Value between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0xFFF
-
-
void
LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDFiltering
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
awd_y
,
uint32_t
awd_filtering
)
¶
-
Set ADC analog watchdog filtering configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
TR1 AWDFILT LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDFiltering
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
Note
On this STM32 series, this feature is only available on first analog watchdog (AWD1)
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
awd_y – AWD instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
awd_filtering – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDFiltering
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
awd_y
)
¶
-
Get ADC analog watchdog filtering configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
TR1 AWDFILT LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDFiltering
Note
On this STM32 series, this feature is only available on first analog watchdog (AWD1)
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
awd_y – AWD instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
awd_y
,
uint32_t
group
,
uint32_t
channel
)
¶
- group ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_AnalogWatchdog
-
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
awd_y
,
uint32_t
group
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Set ADC analog watchdog monitored channels: ADC group (regular and-or injected) and channel (single, multiple or all channels)
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR AWD1CH LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope
CFGR AWD1SGL LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope
CFGR AWD1EN LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope
CFGR JAWD1EN LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope
AWD2CR AWD2CH LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope
AWD3CR AWD3CH LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope
Note
Specific configurations:
-
to monitor all channels, use following parameters values: LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope(…, …, group regular and-or injected, LL_ADC_CHANNEL_ALL)
-
to disable ADC analog watchdog, use following parameters values: LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope(…, …, LL_ADC_GROUP_NONE, LL_ADC_CHANNEL_NONE) (parameters LL_ADC_GROUP_NONE and LL_ADC_CHANNEL_NONE must be used together, not separately)
-
specific case (only on analog watchdog instances: AWD2, AWD3), to monitor multiple channels use following parameters values (channels list with logical or): LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope(…, …, group regular and-or injected, LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x | LL_ADC_CHANNEL_y)
Note
The ADC analog watchdog configuration parameters can be read back using functions LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeGroup and LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeChannel .
Note
Once monitored channels are selected, analog watchdog is enabled.
Note
On this STM32 series, there are 2 kinds of analog watchdog instance:
-
AWD standard (instance AWD1):
-
channels monitored: can monitor 1 channel or all channels.
-
groups monitored: ADC groups regular and-or injected.
-
-
AWD flexible (instances AWD2, AWD3):
-
channels monitored: flexible on channels monitored, selection is channel wise, from from 1 to all channels. Specificity of this analog watchdog: Multiple channels can be selected. For example: (LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNEL4_REG_INJ | LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNEL5_REG_INJ | …)
-
groups monitored: not selection possible (monitoring on both groups regular and injected). Channels selected are monitored on groups regular and injected: LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNELxx_REG_INJ (do not use parameters LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNELxx_REG and LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNELxx_INJ)
-
Note
This function replaces deprecated function LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDMonitChannels().
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
awd_y – AWD instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
group – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_0 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_3 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_5 (3)
-
ADC1, ADC2: group regular or injected selection available only on ADC analog watchdog instance: AWD1
-
ADC4: only group regular available
-
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeGroup
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
awd_y
)
-
Get ADC analog watchdog monitored channels: ADC group (regular and-or injected)
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR AWD1CH LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeGroup
CFGR AWD1SGL LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeGroup
CFGR AWD1EN LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeGroup
CFGR JAWD1EN LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeGroup
AWD2CR AWD2CH LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeGroup
AWD3CR AWD3CH LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeGroup
Note
Configuration done by LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope() , refer to description of this function for more details on parameters.
Note
This function replaces deprecated function LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDMonitChannels().
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
awd_y – AWD instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
ADC1, ADC2: group regular or injected selection available only on ADC analog watchdog instance: AWD1
-
ADC4: only group regular available
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeChannel
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
awd_y
)
-
Get ADC analog watchdog monitored channels: ADC channel (single, multiple or all channels)
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR AWD1CH LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeChannel
CFGR AWD1SGL LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeChannel
CFGR AWD1EN LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeChannel
CFGR JAWD1EN LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeChannel
AWD2CR AWD2CH LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeChannel
AWD3CR AWD3CH LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeChannel
Note
Configuration done by LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope() , refer to description of this function for more details on parameters.
Note
This function does not support specific case of multiple channels monitored (only on analog watchdog instances: AWD2, AWD3), return not relevant.
Note
Usage of the returned value: Returned decimal value that can correspond to one or multiple channels. If analog watchdog set to monitor only one channel:
-
To reinject this channel into another function LL_ADC_xxx: the returned channel number is only partly formatted on definition of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x. Therefore, it has to be compared with parts of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x or using helper macro LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB() . Then the selected literal LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x can be used as parameter for another function.
-
To get the channel number in decimal format: process the returned value with the helper macro LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB() . If analog watchdog set to monitor multiple channels: value cannot be associated to channel number.
Note
This function replaces deprecated function LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDMonitChannels().
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
awd_y – AWD instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value corresponds to one of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x with specific formatting, refer to note of this function.
-
void
LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDThresholds
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
awd_y
,
uint32_t
awd_thresholds_high_low
,
int32_t
awd_threshold_value
)
-
Set ADC analog watchdog threshold value of threshold high or low.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
TR1 HT1 LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDThresholds
TR2 HT2 LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDThresholds
TR3 HT3 LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDThresholds
TR1 LT1 LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDThresholds
TR2 LT2 LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDThresholds
TR3 LT3 LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDThresholds
Note
In case of ADC resolution different of default resolution (14 bit in case of ADC1 or ADC2, 12 bit in case of ADC4) analog watchdog thresholds data requires a specific shift. Use helper macro LL_ADC_ANALOGWD_SET_THRESHOLD_RES() .
Note
Specific ADC4: In case of oversampling enabled, analog watchdog monitored range is shifted left (from [11:0] to [15:4]). Therefore, thresholds value must be computed accordingly (shift left 4 bits).
Note
On this STM32 series, there are 2 kinds of analog watchdog instance:
-
AWD standard (instance AWD1):
-
channels monitored: can monitor 1 channel or all channels.
-
groups monitored: ADC groups regular and-or injected.
-
-
AWD flexible (instances AWD2, AWD3):
-
channels monitored: flexible on channels monitored, selection is channel wise, from from 1 to all channels. Specificity of this analog watchdog: Multiple channels can be selected. For example: (LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNEL4_REG_INJ | LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNEL5_REG_INJ | …)
-
groups monitored: not selection possible (monitoring on both groups regular and injected). Channels selected are monitored on groups regular and injected: LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNELxx_REG_INJ (do not use parameters LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNELxx_REG and LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNELxx_INJ)
-
Note
If ADC oversampling is enabled, ADC analog watchdog thresholds are impacted: the comparison of analog watchdog thresholds is done on oversampling intermediate computation (after ratio, before shift application): intermediate register bitfield [32:7] (26 most significant bits).
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either ADC groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
awd_y – AWD instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
awd_thresholds_high_low – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
awd_threshold_value – Analog watchdog threshold value. Value is signed and can exceed ADC resolution with post-processing computation (offset, oversampling, data shift, …). ADC1, 2: between Min_Data=-16777216 (two’s complement 0xFF000000) and Max_Data=+16777215 (0x00FFFFFF) ADC4: between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0xFFF
-
-
int32_t
LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDThresholds
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
awd_y
,
uint32_t
awd_thresholds_high_low
)
-
Get ADC analog watchdog threshold value of threshold high, threshold low or raw data with ADC thresholds high and low concatenated.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
TR1 HT1 LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDThresholds
TR2 HT2 LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDThresholds
TR3 HT3 LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDThresholds
TR1 LT1 LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDThresholds
TR2 LT2 LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDThresholds
TR3 LT3 LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDThresholds
Note
In case of ADC resolution different of default resolution (14 bit in case of ADC1 or ADC2, 12 bit in case of ADC4) analog watchdog thresholds data requires a specific shift. Use helper macro LL_ADC_ANALOGWD_GET_THRESHOLD_RES() .
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
awd_y – AWD instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
awd_thresholds_high_low – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Value – is signed and can exceed ADC resolution with post-processing computation (offset, oversampling, data shift, …). ADC1, 2: between Min_Data=-16777216 (two’s complement 0xFF000000) and Max_Data=+16777215 (0x00FFFFFF) ADC4: between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0xFFF
-
void
LL_ADC_ConfigAnalogWDThresholds
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
awd_y
,
uint32_t
awd_threshold_high_value
,
uint32_t
awd_threshold_low_value
)
-
Set ADC analog watchdog thresholds value of both thresholds high and low.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
TR1 HT1 LL_ADC_ConfigAnalogWDThresholds
TR2 HT2 LL_ADC_ConfigAnalogWDThresholds
TR3 HT3 LL_ADC_ConfigAnalogWDThresholds
TR1 LT1 LL_ADC_ConfigAnalogWDThresholds
TR2 LT2 LL_ADC_ConfigAnalogWDThresholds
TR3 LT3 LL_ADC_ConfigAnalogWDThresholds
Note
If value of only one threshold high or low must be set, use function LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDThresholds() .
Note
In case of ADC resolution different of default resolution (14 bit in case of ADC1 or ADC2, 12 bit in case of ADC4) analog watchdog thresholds data requires a specific shift.
Note
Specific ADC4: In case of oversampling enabled, analog watchdog monitored range is shifted left (from [11:0] to [15:4]). Therefore, thresholds value must be computed accordingly (shift left 4 bits).
Note
On this STM32 series, there are 2 kinds of analog watchdog instance:
-
AWD standard (instance AWD1):
-
channels monitored: can monitor 1 channel or all channels.
-
groups monitored: ADC group regular.
-
resolution: resolution is not limited (corresponds to ADC resolution configured).
-
-
AWD flexible (instances AWD2, AWD3):
-
channels monitored: flexible on channels monitored, selection is channel wise, from from 1 to all channels. Specificity of this analog watchdog: Multiple channels can be selected. For example: (LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNEL4_REG_INJ | LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNEL5_REG_INJ | …)
-
groups monitored: not selection possible (monitoring on both groups regular and injected). Channels selected are monitored on groups regular and injected: LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNELxx_REG_INJ (do not use parameters LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNELxx_REG and LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNELxx_INJ)
-
resolution: resolution is not limited (corresponds to ADC resolution configured).
-
Note
If ADC oversampling is enabled, ADC analog watchdog thresholds are impacted: the comparison of analog watchdog thresholds is done on oversampling final computation (after ratio and shift application): ADC data register bitfield [15:4] (12 most significant bits). Examples:
-
Oversampling ratio and shift selected to have ADC conversion data on 12 bits (ratio 16 and shift 4, or ratio 32 and shift 5, …): ADC analog watchdog thresholds must be divided by 16.
-
Oversampling ratio and shift selected to have ADC conversion data on 14 bits (ratio 16 and shift 2, or ratio 32 and shift 3, …): ADC analog watchdog thresholds must be divided by 4.
-
Oversampling ratio and shift selected to have ADC conversion data on 16 bits (ratio 16 and shift none, or ratio 32 and shift 1, …): ADC analog watchdog thresholds match directly to ADC data register.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
awd_y – AWD instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
awd_threshold_high_value – Value between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0xFFF
-
awd_threshold_low_value – Value between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0xFFF
-
-
void
LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDFiltering
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
awd_y
,
uint32_t
awd_filtering
)
-
Set ADC analog watchdog filtering configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
TR1 AWDFILT LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDFiltering
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
Note
On this STM32 series, this feature is only available on first analog watchdog (AWD1)
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
awd_y – AWD instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
awd_filtering – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDFiltering
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
awd_y
)
-
Get ADC analog watchdog filtering configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
TR1 AWDFILT LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDFiltering
Note
On this STM32 series, this feature is only available on first analog watchdog (AWD1)
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
awd_y – AWD instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
awd_y
,
uint32_t
group
,
uint32_t
channel
)
- group ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_AnalogWatchdog
-
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
awd_y
,
uint32_t
group
,
uint32_t
channel
)
-
Set ADC analog watchdog monitored channels: ADC group (regular and-or injected) and channel (single, multiple or all channels)
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR AWD1CH LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope
CFGR AWD1SGL LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope
CFGR AWD1EN LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope
CFGR JAWD1EN LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope
AWD2CR AWD2CH LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope
AWD3CR AWD3CH LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope
Note
Specific configurations:
-
to monitor all channels, use following parameters values: LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope(…, …, group regular and-or injected, LL_ADC_CHANNEL_ALL)
-
to disable ADC analog watchdog, use following parameters values: LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope(…, …, LL_ADC_GROUP_NONE, LL_ADC_CHANNEL_NONE) (parameters LL_ADC_GROUP_NONE and LL_ADC_CHANNEL_NONE must be used together, not separately)
-
specific case (only on analog watchdog instances: AWD2, AWD3), to monitor multiple channels use following parameters values (channels list with logical or): LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope(…, …, group regular and-or injected, LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x | LL_ADC_CHANNEL_y)
Note
The ADC analog watchdog configuration parameters can be read back using functions LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeGroup and LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeChannel .
Note
Once monitored channels are selected, analog watchdog is enabled.
Note
On this STM32 series, there are 2 kinds of analog watchdog instance:
-
AWD standard (instance AWD1):
-
channels monitored: can monitor 1 channel or all channels.
-
groups monitored: ADC groups regular and-or injected.
-
-
AWD flexible (instances AWD2, AWD3):
-
channels monitored: flexible on channels monitored, selection is channel wise, from from 1 to all channels. Specificity of this analog watchdog: Multiple channels can be selected. For example: (LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNEL4_REG_INJ | LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNEL5_REG_INJ | …)
-
groups monitored: not selection possible (monitoring on both groups regular and injected). Channels selected are monitored on groups regular and injected: LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNELxx_REG_INJ (do not use parameters LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNELxx_REG and LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNELxx_INJ)
-
Note
This function replaces deprecated function LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDMonitChannels().
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
awd_y – AWD instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
group – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
channel – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_0 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_3 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4 (3)
-
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_5 (3)
-
ADC1, ADC2: group regular or injected selection available only on ADC analog watchdog instance: AWD1
-
ADC4: only group regular available
-
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeGroup
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
awd_y
)
-
Get ADC analog watchdog monitored channels: ADC group (regular and-or injected)
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR AWD1CH LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeGroup
CFGR AWD1SGL LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeGroup
CFGR AWD1EN LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeGroup
CFGR JAWD1EN LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeGroup
AWD2CR AWD2CH LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeGroup
AWD3CR AWD3CH LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeGroup
Note
Configuration done by LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope() , refer to description of this function for more details on parameters.
Note
This function replaces deprecated function LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDMonitChannels().
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
awd_y – AWD instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
ADC1, ADC2: group regular or injected selection available only on ADC analog watchdog instance: AWD1
-
ADC4: only group regular available
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeChannel
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
awd_y
)
-
Get ADC analog watchdog monitored channels: ADC channel (single, multiple or all channels)
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR AWD1CH LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeChannel
CFGR AWD1SGL LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeChannel
CFGR AWD1EN LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeChannel
CFGR JAWD1EN LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeChannel
AWD2CR AWD2CH LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeChannel
AWD3CR AWD3CH LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDScopeChannel
Note
Configuration done by LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope() , refer to description of this function for more details on parameters.
Note
This function does not support specific case of multiple channels monitored (only on analog watchdog instances: AWD2, AWD3), return not relevant.
Note
Usage of the returned value: Returned decimal value that can correspond to one or multiple channels. If analog watchdog set to monitor only one channel:
-
To reinject this channel into another function LL_ADC_xxx: the returned channel number is only partly formatted on definition of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x. Therefore, it has to be compared with parts of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x or using helper macro LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB() . Then the selected literal LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x can be used as parameter for another function.
-
To get the channel number in decimal format: process the returned value with the helper macro LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB() . If analog watchdog set to monitor multiple channels: value cannot be associated to channel number.
Note
This function replaces deprecated function LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDMonitChannels().
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
awd_y – AWD instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value corresponds to one of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x with specific formatting, refer to note of this function.
-
void
LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDThresholds
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
awd_y
,
uint32_t
awd_thresholds_high_low
,
int32_t
awd_threshold_value
)
-
Set ADC analog watchdog threshold value of threshold high or low.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
TR1 HT1 LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDThresholds
TR2 HT2 LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDThresholds
TR3 HT3 LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDThresholds
TR1 LT1 LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDThresholds
TR2 LT2 LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDThresholds
TR3 LT3 LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDThresholds
Note
In case of ADC resolution different of default resolution (14 bit in case of ADC1 or ADC2, 12 bit in case of ADC4) analog watchdog thresholds data requires a specific shift. Use helper macro LL_ADC_ANALOGWD_SET_THRESHOLD_RES() .
Note
Specific ADC4: In case of oversampling enabled, analog watchdog monitored range is shifted left (from [11:0] to [15:4]). Therefore, thresholds value must be computed accordingly (shift left 4 bits).
Note
On this STM32 series, there are 2 kinds of analog watchdog instance:
-
AWD standard (instance AWD1):
-
channels monitored: can monitor 1 channel or all channels.
-
groups monitored: ADC groups regular and-or injected.
-
-
AWD flexible (instances AWD2, AWD3):
-
channels monitored: flexible on channels monitored, selection is channel wise, from from 1 to all channels. Specificity of this analog watchdog: Multiple channels can be selected. For example: (LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNEL4_REG_INJ | LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNEL5_REG_INJ | …)
-
groups monitored: not selection possible (monitoring on both groups regular and injected). Channels selected are monitored on groups regular and injected: LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNELxx_REG_INJ (do not use parameters LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNELxx_REG and LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNELxx_INJ)
-
Note
If ADC oversampling is enabled, ADC analog watchdog thresholds are impacted: the comparison of analog watchdog thresholds is done on oversampling intermediate computation (after ratio, before shift application): intermediate register bitfield [32:7] (26 most significant bits).
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either ADC groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
awd_y – AWD instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
awd_thresholds_high_low – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
awd_threshold_value – Analog watchdog threshold value. Value is signed and can exceed ADC resolution with post-processing computation (offset, oversampling, data shift, …). ADC1, 2: between Min_Data=-16777216 (two’s complement 0xFF000000) and Max_Data=+16777215 (0x00FFFFFF) ADC4: between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0xFFF
-
-
int32_t
LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDThresholds
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
awd_y
,
uint32_t
awd_thresholds_high_low
)
-
Get ADC analog watchdog threshold value of threshold high, threshold low or raw data with ADC thresholds high and low concatenated.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
TR1 HT1 LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDThresholds
TR2 HT2 LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDThresholds
TR3 HT3 LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDThresholds
TR1 LT1 LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDThresholds
TR2 LT2 LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDThresholds
TR3 LT3 LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDThresholds
Note
In case of ADC resolution different of default resolution (14 bit in case of ADC1 or ADC2, 12 bit in case of ADC4) analog watchdog thresholds data requires a specific shift. Use helper macro LL_ADC_ANALOGWD_GET_THRESHOLD_RES() .
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
awd_y – AWD instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
awd_thresholds_high_low – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Value – is signed and can exceed ADC resolution with post-processing computation (offset, oversampling, data shift, …). ADC1, 2: between Min_Data=-16777216 (two’s complement 0xFF000000) and Max_Data=+16777215 (0x00FFFFFF) ADC4: between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0xFFF
-
void
LL_ADC_ConfigAnalogWDThresholds
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
awd_y
,
uint32_t
awd_threshold_high_value
,
uint32_t
awd_threshold_low_value
)
-
Set ADC analog watchdog thresholds value of both thresholds high and low.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
TR1 HT1 LL_ADC_ConfigAnalogWDThresholds
TR2 HT2 LL_ADC_ConfigAnalogWDThresholds
TR3 HT3 LL_ADC_ConfigAnalogWDThresholds
TR1 LT1 LL_ADC_ConfigAnalogWDThresholds
TR2 LT2 LL_ADC_ConfigAnalogWDThresholds
TR3 LT3 LL_ADC_ConfigAnalogWDThresholds
Note
If value of only one threshold high or low must be set, use function LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDThresholds() .
Note
In case of ADC resolution different of default resolution (14 bit in case of ADC1 or ADC2, 12 bit in case of ADC4) analog watchdog thresholds data requires a specific shift.
Note
Specific ADC4: In case of oversampling enabled, analog watchdog monitored range is shifted left (from [11:0] to [15:4]). Therefore, thresholds value must be computed accordingly (shift left 4 bits).
Note
On this STM32 series, there are 2 kinds of analog watchdog instance:
-
AWD standard (instance AWD1):
-
channels monitored: can monitor 1 channel or all channels.
-
groups monitored: ADC group regular.
-
resolution: resolution is not limited (corresponds to ADC resolution configured).
-
-
AWD flexible (instances AWD2, AWD3):
-
channels monitored: flexible on channels monitored, selection is channel wise, from from 1 to all channels. Specificity of this analog watchdog: Multiple channels can be selected. For example: (LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNEL4_REG_INJ | LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNEL5_REG_INJ | …)
-
groups monitored: not selection possible (monitoring on both groups regular and injected). Channels selected are monitored on groups regular and injected: LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNELxx_REG_INJ (do not use parameters LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNELxx_REG and LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNELxx_INJ)
-
resolution: resolution is not limited (corresponds to ADC resolution configured).
-
Note
If ADC oversampling is enabled, ADC analog watchdog thresholds are impacted: the comparison of analog watchdog thresholds is done on oversampling final computation (after ratio and shift application): ADC data register bitfield [15:4] (12 most significant bits). Examples:
-
Oversampling ratio and shift selected to have ADC conversion data on 12 bits (ratio 16 and shift 4, or ratio 32 and shift 5, …): ADC analog watchdog thresholds must be divided by 16.
-
Oversampling ratio and shift selected to have ADC conversion data on 14 bits (ratio 16 and shift 2, or ratio 32 and shift 3, …): ADC analog watchdog thresholds must be divided by 4.
-
Oversampling ratio and shift selected to have ADC conversion data on 16 bits (ratio 16 and shift none, or ratio 32 and shift 1, …): ADC analog watchdog thresholds match directly to ADC data register.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
awd_y – AWD instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
awd_threshold_high_value – Value between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0xFFF
-
awd_threshold_low_value – Value between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0xFFF
-
-
void
LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDFiltering
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
awd_y
,
uint32_t
awd_filtering
)
-
Set ADC analog watchdog filtering configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
TR1 AWDFILT LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDFiltering
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
Note
On this STM32 series, this feature is only available on first analog watchdog (AWD1)
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
awd_y – AWD instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
awd_filtering – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDFiltering
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
awd_y
)
-
Get ADC analog watchdog filtering configuration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
TR1 AWDFILT LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDFiltering
Note
On this STM32 series, this feature is only available on first analog watchdog (AWD1)
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
awd_y – AWD instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDScope
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
awd_y
,
uint32_t
group
,
uint32_t
channel
)
Configuration of ADC transversal scope: oversampling ¶
- group ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_oversampling
-
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_SetOverSamplingScope
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
ovs_scope
)
¶
-
Set ADC oversampling scope: ADC groups regular and-or injected (availability of ADC group injected depends on STM32 series).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 ROVSE LL_ADC_SetOverSamplingScope
CFGR2 JOVSE LL_ADC_SetOverSamplingScope
CFGR2 ROVSM LL_ADC_SetOverSamplingScope
Note
If both groups regular and injected are selected, specify behavior of ADC group injected interrupting group regular: when ADC group injected is triggered, the oversampling on ADC group regular is either temporary stopped and continued, or resumed from start (oversampler buffer reset).
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
ovs_scope – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingScope
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC oversampling scope: ADC groups regular and-or injected (availability of ADC group injected depends on STM32 families).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 ROVSE LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingScope
CFGR2 JOVSE LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingScope
CFGR2 ROVSM LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingScope
Note
If both groups regular and injected are selected, specify behavior of ADC group injected interrupting group regular: when ADC group injected is triggered, the oversampling on ADC group regular is either temporary stopped and continued, or resumed from start (oversampler buffer reset).
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetOverSamplingInstScope
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
ovs_y
,
uint32_t
ovs_scope
)
¶
-
Set ADC oversampling scope: ADC groups regular and-or injected in function of oversampling instance (availability of ADC group injected depends on STM32 series).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 ROVSE LL_ADC_SetOverSamplingInstScope
CFGR2 ROVSM LL_ADC_SetOverSamplingInstScope
CFGR2 ROVSM LL_ADC_SetOverSamplingInstScope
CFGR2 JOVSE LL_ADC_SetOverSamplingInstScope
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
ovs_y – AWD instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
ovs_scope – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingInstScope
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
ovs_y
)
¶
-
Get ADC oversampling scope: ADC groups regular and-or injected in function of oversampling instance (availability of ADC group injected depends on STM32 series).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 ROVSE LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingInstScope
CFGR2 ROVSM LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingInstScope
CFGR2 ROVSM LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingInstScope
CFGR2 JOVSE LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingInstScope
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetOverSamplingDiscont
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
ovs_discont
)
¶
-
Set ADC oversampling discontinuous mode (triggered mode).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 TROVS LL_ADC_SetOverSamplingDiscont
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
Note
On this STM32 series, oversampling discontinuous mode (triggered mode) can be used only when oversampling is set on group regular only and in resumed mode.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
ovs_discont – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingDiscont
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC oversampling discontinuous mode (triggered mode) on the selected ADC group.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 TROVS LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingDiscont
Note
Number of oversampled conversions are done either in:
-
continuous mode (all conversions of oversampling ratio are done from 1 trigger)
-
discontinuous mode (each conversion of oversampling ratio needs a trigger)
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_ConfigOverSamplingRatioShift
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
ratio
,
uint32_t
shift
)
¶
-
Set ADC oversampling (impacting both ADC groups regular and injected)
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 OVSS LL_ADC_ConfigOverSamplingRatioShift
CFGR2 OVSR LL_ADC_ConfigOverSamplingRatioShift
Note
This function set the 2 items of oversampling configuration:
-
ratio
-
shift
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
ovs_ratio – For ADC instance ADC1, ADC2: This parameter can be in the range from 1 to 1024. For ADC instance ADC4: This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
shift – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingRatio
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC oversampling ratio (impacting both ADC groups regular and injected)
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 OVSR LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingRatio
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
ovs_ratio – This parameter can be a value from 1 to 1024 in the case of ADC1/2, In the case of ADC4 can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingShift
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC oversampling shift (impacting both ADC groups regular and injected)
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 OVSS LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingShift
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
shift – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetOverSamplingScope
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
ovs_scope
)
¶
- group ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_oversampling
-
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_SetOverSamplingScope
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
ovs_scope
)
-
Set ADC oversampling scope: ADC groups regular and-or injected (availability of ADC group injected depends on STM32 series).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 ROVSE LL_ADC_SetOverSamplingScope
CFGR2 JOVSE LL_ADC_SetOverSamplingScope
CFGR2 ROVSM LL_ADC_SetOverSamplingScope
Note
If both groups regular and injected are selected, specify behavior of ADC group injected interrupting group regular: when ADC group injected is triggered, the oversampling on ADC group regular is either temporary stopped and continued, or resumed from start (oversampler buffer reset).
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
ovs_scope – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingScope
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC oversampling scope: ADC groups regular and-or injected (availability of ADC group injected depends on STM32 families).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 ROVSE LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingScope
CFGR2 JOVSE LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingScope
CFGR2 ROVSM LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingScope
Note
If both groups regular and injected are selected, specify behavior of ADC group injected interrupting group regular: when ADC group injected is triggered, the oversampling on ADC group regular is either temporary stopped and continued, or resumed from start (oversampler buffer reset).
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetOverSamplingInstScope
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
ovs_y
,
uint32_t
ovs_scope
)
-
Set ADC oversampling scope: ADC groups regular and-or injected in function of oversampling instance (availability of ADC group injected depends on STM32 series).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 ROVSE LL_ADC_SetOverSamplingInstScope
CFGR2 ROVSM LL_ADC_SetOverSamplingInstScope
CFGR2 ROVSM LL_ADC_SetOverSamplingInstScope
CFGR2 JOVSE LL_ADC_SetOverSamplingInstScope
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
ovs_y – AWD instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
ovs_scope – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingInstScope
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
ovs_y
)
-
Get ADC oversampling scope: ADC groups regular and-or injected in function of oversampling instance (availability of ADC group injected depends on STM32 series).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 ROVSE LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingInstScope
CFGR2 ROVSM LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingInstScope
CFGR2 ROVSM LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingInstScope
CFGR2 JOVSE LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingInstScope
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetOverSamplingDiscont
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
ovs_discont
)
-
Set ADC oversampling discontinuous mode (triggered mode).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 TROVS LL_ADC_SetOverSamplingDiscont
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
Note
On this STM32 series, oversampling discontinuous mode (triggered mode) can be used only when oversampling is set on group regular only and in resumed mode.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
ovs_discont – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingDiscont
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC oversampling discontinuous mode (triggered mode) on the selected ADC group.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 TROVS LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingDiscont
Note
Number of oversampled conversions are done either in:
-
continuous mode (all conversions of oversampling ratio are done from 1 trigger)
-
discontinuous mode (each conversion of oversampling ratio needs a trigger)
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_ConfigOverSamplingRatioShift
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
ratio
,
uint32_t
shift
)
-
Set ADC oversampling (impacting both ADC groups regular and injected)
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 OVSS LL_ADC_ConfigOverSamplingRatioShift
CFGR2 OVSR LL_ADC_ConfigOverSamplingRatioShift
Note
This function set the 2 items of oversampling configuration:
-
ratio
-
shift
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
ovs_ratio – For ADC instance ADC1, ADC2: This parameter can be in the range from 1 to 1024. For ADC instance ADC4: This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
shift – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingRatio
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC oversampling ratio (impacting both ADC groups regular and injected)
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 OVSR LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingRatio
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
ovs_ratio – This parameter can be a value from 1 to 1024 in the case of ADC1/2, In the case of ADC4 can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingShift
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC oversampling shift (impacting both ADC groups regular and injected)
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 OVSS LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingShift
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
shift – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetOverSamplingScope
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
ovs_scope
)
- group ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_oversampling
-
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_SetOverSamplingScope
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
ovs_scope
)
-
Set ADC oversampling scope: ADC groups regular and-or injected (availability of ADC group injected depends on STM32 series).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 ROVSE LL_ADC_SetOverSamplingScope
CFGR2 JOVSE LL_ADC_SetOverSamplingScope
CFGR2 ROVSM LL_ADC_SetOverSamplingScope
Note
If both groups regular and injected are selected, specify behavior of ADC group injected interrupting group regular: when ADC group injected is triggered, the oversampling on ADC group regular is either temporary stopped and continued, or resumed from start (oversampler buffer reset).
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
ovs_scope – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingScope
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC oversampling scope: ADC groups regular and-or injected (availability of ADC group injected depends on STM32 families).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 ROVSE LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingScope
CFGR2 JOVSE LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingScope
CFGR2 ROVSM LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingScope
Note
If both groups regular and injected are selected, specify behavior of ADC group injected interrupting group regular: when ADC group injected is triggered, the oversampling on ADC group regular is either temporary stopped and continued, or resumed from start (oversampler buffer reset).
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetOverSamplingInstScope
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
ovs_y
,
uint32_t
ovs_scope
)
-
Set ADC oversampling scope: ADC groups regular and-or injected in function of oversampling instance (availability of ADC group injected depends on STM32 series).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 ROVSE LL_ADC_SetOverSamplingInstScope
CFGR2 ROVSM LL_ADC_SetOverSamplingInstScope
CFGR2 ROVSM LL_ADC_SetOverSamplingInstScope
CFGR2 JOVSE LL_ADC_SetOverSamplingInstScope
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
ovs_y – AWD instance. This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
ovs_scope – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingInstScope
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
ovs_y
)
-
Get ADC oversampling scope: ADC groups regular and-or injected in function of oversampling instance (availability of ADC group injected depends on STM32 series).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 ROVSE LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingInstScope
CFGR2 ROVSM LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingInstScope
CFGR2 ROVSM LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingInstScope
CFGR2 JOVSE LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingInstScope
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetOverSamplingDiscont
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
ovs_discont
)
-
Set ADC oversampling discontinuous mode (triggered mode).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 TROVS LL_ADC_SetOverSamplingDiscont
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
Note
On this STM32 series, oversampling discontinuous mode (triggered mode) can be used only when oversampling is set on group regular only and in resumed mode.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
ovs_discont – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingDiscont
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC oversampling discontinuous mode (triggered mode) on the selected ADC group.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 TROVS LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingDiscont
Note
Number of oversampled conversions are done either in:
-
continuous mode (all conversions of oversampling ratio are done from 1 trigger)
-
discontinuous mode (each conversion of oversampling ratio needs a trigger)
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_ConfigOverSamplingRatioShift
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
ratio
,
uint32_t
shift
)
-
Set ADC oversampling (impacting both ADC groups regular and injected)
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 OVSS LL_ADC_ConfigOverSamplingRatioShift
CFGR2 OVSR LL_ADC_ConfigOverSamplingRatioShift
Note
This function set the 2 items of oversampling configuration:
-
ratio
-
shift
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
ovs_ratio – For ADC instance ADC1, ADC2: This parameter can be in the range from 1 to 1024. For ADC instance ADC4: This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
shift – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingRatio
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC oversampling ratio (impacting both ADC groups regular and injected)
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 OVSR LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingRatio
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
ovs_ratio – This parameter can be a value from 1 to 1024 in the case of ADC1/2, In the case of ADC4 can be one of the following values:
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingShift
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC oversampling shift (impacting both ADC groups regular and injected)
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CFGR2 OVSS LL_ADC_GetOverSamplingShift
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
shift – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetOverSamplingScope
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
ovs_scope
)
Configuration of ADC transversal scope: multimode ¶
- group ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_multimode
-
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_SetMultimode
(
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
,
uint32_t
Multimode
)
¶
-
Set ADC multimode configuration to operate in independent mode or multimode (for devices with several ADC instances).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR DUAL LL_ADC_SetMultimode
Note
If multimode configuration: the selected ADC instance is either master or slave depending on hardware. Refer to reference manual.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: All ADC instances of the ADC common group must be disabled. This check can be done with function LL_ADC_IsEnabled() for each ADC instance.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
-
Multimode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetMultimode
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
¶
-
Get ADC multimode configuration to operate in independent mode or multimode (for devices with several ADC instances).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR DUAL LL_ADC_GetMultimode
Note
If multimode configuration: the selected ADC instance is either master or slave depending on hardware. Refer to reference manual.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetMultiDMATransfer
(
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
,
uint32_t
MultiDMATransfer
)
¶
-
Set ADC multimode conversion data transfer: no transfer or transfer by DMA.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR DAMDF LL_ADC_GetMultiDMATransfer
Note
If ADC multimode transfer by DMA is not selected: each ADC uses its own DMA channel, with its individual DMA transfer settings. If ADC multimode transfer by DMA is selected: One DMA channel is used for both ADC (DMA of ADC master) Specifies the DMA requests mode:
-
Limited mode (One shot mode): DMA transfer requests are stopped when number of DMA data transfers (number of ADC conversions) is reached. This ADC mode is intended to be used with DMA mode non-circular.
-
Unlimited mode: DMA transfer requests are unlimited, whatever number of DMA data transfers (number of ADC conversions). This ADC mode is intended to be used with DMA mode circular.
Note
If ADC DMA requests mode is set to unlimited and DMA is set to mode non-circular: when DMA transfers size will be reached, DMA will stop transfers of ADC conversions data ADC will raise an overrun error (overrun flag and interruption if enabled).
Note
How to retrieve multimode conversion data: Whatever multimode transfer by DMA setting: using function LL_ADC_REG_ReadMultiConversionData32() . If ADC multimode transfer by DMA is selected: conversion data is a raw data with ADC master and slave concatenated. A macro is available to get the conversion data of ADC master or ADC slave: see helper macro LL_ADC_MULTI_CONV_DATA_MASTER_SLAVE() .
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: All ADC instances of the ADC common group must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
-
MultiDMATransfer – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetMultiDMATransfer
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
¶
-
Get ADC multimode conversion data transfer: no transfer or transfer by DMA.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR DAMDF LL_ADC_GetMultiDMATransfer
Note
If ADC multimode transfer by DMA is not selected: each ADC uses its own DMA channel, with its individual DMA transfer settings. If ADC multimode transfer by DMA is selected: One DMA channel is used for both ADC (DMA of ADC master) Specifies the DMA requests mode:
-
Limited mode (One shot mode): DMA transfer requests are stopped when number of DMA data transfers (number of ADC conversions) is reached. This ADC mode is intended to be used with DMA mode non-circular.
-
Unlimited mode: DMA transfer requests are unlimited, whatever number of DMA data transfers (number of ADC conversions). This ADC mode is intended to be used with DMA mode circular.
Note
If ADC DMA requests mode is set to unlimited and DMA is set to mode non-circular: when DMA transfers size will be reached, DMA will stop transfers of ADC conversions data ADC will raise an overrun error (overrun flag and interruption if enabled).
Note
How to retrieve multimode conversion data: Whatever multimode transfer by DMA setting: using function LL_ADC_REG_ReadMultiConversionData32() . If ADC multimode transfer by DMA is selected: conversion data is a raw data with ADC master and slave concatenated. A macro is available to get the conversion data of ADC master or ADC slave: see helper macro LL_ADC_MULTI_CONV_DATA_MASTER_SLAVE() .
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetMultiTwoSamplingDelay
(
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
,
uint32_t
MultiTwoSamplingDelay
)
¶
-
Set ADC multimode delay between 2 sampling phases.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR DELAY LL_ADC_SetMultiTwoSamplingDelay
Note
The sampling delay range depends on ADC resolution:
-
ADC resolution 14 bits can have maximum delay of 16 cycles.
-
ADC resolution 12 bits can have maximum delay of 16 cycles.
-
ADC resolution 10 bits can have maximum delay of 15 cycles.
-
ADC resolution 8 bits can have maximum delay of 13 cycles.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: All ADC instances of the ADC common group must be disabled. This check can be done with function LL_ADC_IsEnabled() for each ADC instance.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
-
MultiTwoSamplingDelay – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetMultiTwoSamplingDelay
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
¶
-
Get ADC multimode delay between 2 sampling phases.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR DELAY LL_ADC_GetMultiTwoSamplingDelay
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetMultimode
(
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
,
uint32_t
Multimode
)
¶
- group ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_multimode
-
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_SetMultimode
(
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
,
uint32_t
Multimode
)
-
Set ADC multimode configuration to operate in independent mode or multimode (for devices with several ADC instances).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR DUAL LL_ADC_SetMultimode
Note
If multimode configuration: the selected ADC instance is either master or slave depending on hardware. Refer to reference manual.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: All ADC instances of the ADC common group must be disabled. This check can be done with function LL_ADC_IsEnabled() for each ADC instance.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
-
Multimode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetMultimode
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
-
Get ADC multimode configuration to operate in independent mode or multimode (for devices with several ADC instances).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR DUAL LL_ADC_GetMultimode
Note
If multimode configuration: the selected ADC instance is either master or slave depending on hardware. Refer to reference manual.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetMultiDMATransfer
(
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
,
uint32_t
MultiDMATransfer
)
-
Set ADC multimode conversion data transfer: no transfer or transfer by DMA.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR DAMDF LL_ADC_GetMultiDMATransfer
Note
If ADC multimode transfer by DMA is not selected: each ADC uses its own DMA channel, with its individual DMA transfer settings. If ADC multimode transfer by DMA is selected: One DMA channel is used for both ADC (DMA of ADC master) Specifies the DMA requests mode:
-
Limited mode (One shot mode): DMA transfer requests are stopped when number of DMA data transfers (number of ADC conversions) is reached. This ADC mode is intended to be used with DMA mode non-circular.
-
Unlimited mode: DMA transfer requests are unlimited, whatever number of DMA data transfers (number of ADC conversions). This ADC mode is intended to be used with DMA mode circular.
Note
If ADC DMA requests mode is set to unlimited and DMA is set to mode non-circular: when DMA transfers size will be reached, DMA will stop transfers of ADC conversions data ADC will raise an overrun error (overrun flag and interruption if enabled).
Note
How to retrieve multimode conversion data: Whatever multimode transfer by DMA setting: using function LL_ADC_REG_ReadMultiConversionData32() . If ADC multimode transfer by DMA is selected: conversion data is a raw data with ADC master and slave concatenated. A macro is available to get the conversion data of ADC master or ADC slave: see helper macro LL_ADC_MULTI_CONV_DATA_MASTER_SLAVE() .
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: All ADC instances of the ADC common group must be disabled or enabled without conversion on going on group regular.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
-
MultiDMATransfer – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetMultiDMATransfer
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
-
Get ADC multimode conversion data transfer: no transfer or transfer by DMA.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR DAMDF LL_ADC_GetMultiDMATransfer
Note
If ADC multimode transfer by DMA is not selected: each ADC uses its own DMA channel, with its individual DMA transfer settings. If ADC multimode transfer by DMA is selected: One DMA channel is used for both ADC (DMA of ADC master) Specifies the DMA requests mode:
-
Limited mode (One shot mode): DMA transfer requests are stopped when number of DMA data transfers (number of ADC conversions) is reached. This ADC mode is intended to be used with DMA mode non-circular.
-
Unlimited mode: DMA transfer requests are unlimited, whatever number of DMA data transfers (number of ADC conversions). This ADC mode is intended to be used with DMA mode circular.
Note
If ADC DMA requests mode is set to unlimited and DMA is set to mode non-circular: when DMA transfers size will be reached, DMA will stop transfers of ADC conversions data ADC will raise an overrun error (overrun flag and interruption if enabled).
Note
How to retrieve multimode conversion data: Whatever multimode transfer by DMA setting: using function LL_ADC_REG_ReadMultiConversionData32() . If ADC multimode transfer by DMA is selected: conversion data is a raw data with ADC master and slave concatenated. A macro is available to get the conversion data of ADC master or ADC slave: see helper macro LL_ADC_MULTI_CONV_DATA_MASTER_SLAVE() .
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetMultiTwoSamplingDelay
(
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
,
uint32_t
MultiTwoSamplingDelay
)
-
Set ADC multimode delay between 2 sampling phases.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR DELAY LL_ADC_SetMultiTwoSamplingDelay
Note
The sampling delay range depends on ADC resolution:
-
ADC resolution 14 bits can have maximum delay of 16 cycles.
-
ADC resolution 12 bits can have maximum delay of 16 cycles.
-
ADC resolution 10 bits can have maximum delay of 15 cycles.
-
ADC resolution 8 bits can have maximum delay of 13 cycles.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: All ADC instances of the ADC common group must be disabled. This check can be done with function LL_ADC_IsEnabled() for each ADC instance.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
-
MultiTwoSamplingDelay – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_GetMultiTwoSamplingDelay
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
-
Get ADC multimode delay between 2 sampling phases.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CCR DELAY LL_ADC_GetMultiTwoSamplingDelay
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
Returned – value can be one of the following values:
-
void
LL_ADC_SetMultimode
(
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
,
uint32_t
Multimode
)
- group ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_multimode
Operation on ADC hierarchical scope: ADC instance ¶
- group ADC_LL_EF_Operation_ADC_Instance
-
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableDeepPowerDown
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Put ADC instance in deep power down state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR DEEPPWD LL_ADC_EnableDeepPowerDown
Note
In case of ADC calibration necessary: When ADC is in deep-power-down state, the internal analog calibration is lost. After exiting from deep power down, calibration must be relaunched or calibration factor (preliminarily saved) must be set back into calibration register.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be ADC disabled.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableDeepPowerDown
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Disable ADC deep power down mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR DEEPPWD LL_ADC_DisableDeepPowerDown
Note
In case of ADC calibration necessary: When ADC is in deep-power-down state, the internal analog calibration is lost. After exiting from deep power down, calibration must be relaunched or calibration factor (preliminarily saved) must be set back into calibration register.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be ADC disabled.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsDeepPowerDownEnabled
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get the selected ADC instance deep power down state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR DEEPPWD LL_ADC_IsDeepPowerDownEnabled
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
0 – deep power down is disabled, 1: deep power down is enabled.
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableInternalRegulator
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Enable ADC instance internal voltage regulator.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADVREGEN LL_ADC_EnableInternalRegulator
Note
On this STM32 series, after ADC internal voltage regulator enable, a delay for ADC internal voltage regulator stabilization is required before performing a ADC calibration or ADC enable. Refer to device datasheet, parameter tADCVREG_STUP. Refer to literal LL_ADC_DELAY_INTERNAL_REGUL_STAB_US .
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be ADC disabled.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableInternalRegulator
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Disable ADC internal voltage regulator.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADVREGEN LL_ADC_DisableInternalRegulator
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be ADC disabled.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsInternalRegulatorEnabled
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get the selected ADC instance internal voltage regulator state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADVREGEN LL_ADC_IsInternalRegulatorEnabled
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
0 – internal regulator is disabled, 1: internal regulator is enabled.
-
void
LL_ADC_Enable
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Enable the selected ADC instance.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADEN LL_ADC_Enable
Note
On this STM32 series, after ADC enable, a delay for ADC internal analog stabilization is required before performing a ADC conversion start. Refer to device datasheet, parameter tSTAB.
Note
On this STM32 series, flag LL_ADC_FLAG_ADRDY is raised when the ADC is enabled and when conversion clock is active. (not only core clock: this ADC has a dual clock domain)
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be ADC disabled and ADC internal voltage regulator enabled.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_Disable
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Disable the selected ADC instance.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADDIS LL_ADC_Disable
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be not disabled. Must be enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabled
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get the selected ADC instance enable state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADEN LL_ADC_IsEnabled
Note
On this STM32 series, flag LL_ADC_FLAG_ADRDY is raised when the ADC is enabled and when conversion clock is active. (not only core clock: this ADC has a dual clock domain)
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
0 – ADC is disabled, 1: ADC is enabled.
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsDisableOngoing
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get the selected ADC instance disable state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADDIS LL_ADC_IsDisableOngoing
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
0 – no ADC disable command on going.
-
void
LL_ADC_StartCalibration
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
CalibrationMode
)
¶
-
Start ADC calibration in the mode single-ended or differential (for devices with differential mode available).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADCAL LL_ADC_StartCalibration
CR ADCALDIF LL_ADC_StartCalibration
CR ADCALLIN LL_ADC_StartCalibration
Note
On this STM32 series, a minimum number of ADC clock cycles are required between ADC end of calibration and ADC enable. Refer to literal LL_ADC_DELAY_CALIB_ENABLE_ADC_CYCLES .
Note
Calibration duration:
-
Calibration of offset: 520 ADC clock cycles
-
Calibration of linearity: 131072 ADC clock cycles
Note
For devices with differential mode available: Calibration of offset is specific to each of single-ended and differential modes (calibration run must be performed for each of these differential modes, if used afterwards and if the application requires their calibration). Calibration of linearity is common to both single-ended and differential modes (calibration run can be performed only once).
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be ADC disabled.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
CalibrationMode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsCalibrationOnGoing
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC calibration state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADCAL LL_ADC_IsCalibrationOnGoing
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
0 – calibration complete, 1: calibration in progress.
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableDeepPowerDown
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
- group ADC_LL_EF_Operation_ADC_Instance
-
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableDeepPowerDown
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Put ADC instance in deep power down state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR DEEPPWD LL_ADC_EnableDeepPowerDown
Note
In case of ADC calibration necessary: When ADC is in deep-power-down state, the internal analog calibration is lost. After exiting from deep power down, calibration must be relaunched or calibration factor (preliminarily saved) must be set back into calibration register.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be ADC disabled.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableDeepPowerDown
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Disable ADC deep power down mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR DEEPPWD LL_ADC_DisableDeepPowerDown
Note
In case of ADC calibration necessary: When ADC is in deep-power-down state, the internal analog calibration is lost. After exiting from deep power down, calibration must be relaunched or calibration factor (preliminarily saved) must be set back into calibration register.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be ADC disabled.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsDeepPowerDownEnabled
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get the selected ADC instance deep power down state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR DEEPPWD LL_ADC_IsDeepPowerDownEnabled
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
0 – deep power down is disabled, 1: deep power down is enabled.
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableInternalRegulator
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Enable ADC instance internal voltage regulator.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADVREGEN LL_ADC_EnableInternalRegulator
Note
On this STM32 series, after ADC internal voltage regulator enable, a delay for ADC internal voltage regulator stabilization is required before performing a ADC calibration or ADC enable. Refer to device datasheet, parameter tADCVREG_STUP. Refer to literal LL_ADC_DELAY_INTERNAL_REGUL_STAB_US .
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be ADC disabled.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableInternalRegulator
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Disable ADC internal voltage regulator.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADVREGEN LL_ADC_DisableInternalRegulator
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be ADC disabled.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsInternalRegulatorEnabled
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get the selected ADC instance internal voltage regulator state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADVREGEN LL_ADC_IsInternalRegulatorEnabled
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
0 – internal regulator is disabled, 1: internal regulator is enabled.
-
void
LL_ADC_Enable
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Enable the selected ADC instance.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADEN LL_ADC_Enable
Note
On this STM32 series, after ADC enable, a delay for ADC internal analog stabilization is required before performing a ADC conversion start. Refer to device datasheet, parameter tSTAB.
Note
On this STM32 series, flag LL_ADC_FLAG_ADRDY is raised when the ADC is enabled and when conversion clock is active. (not only core clock: this ADC has a dual clock domain)
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be ADC disabled and ADC internal voltage regulator enabled.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_Disable
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Disable the selected ADC instance.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADDIS LL_ADC_Disable
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be not disabled. Must be enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabled
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get the selected ADC instance enable state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADEN LL_ADC_IsEnabled
Note
On this STM32 series, flag LL_ADC_FLAG_ADRDY is raised when the ADC is enabled and when conversion clock is active. (not only core clock: this ADC has a dual clock domain)
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
0 – ADC is disabled, 1: ADC is enabled.
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsDisableOngoing
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get the selected ADC instance disable state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADDIS LL_ADC_IsDisableOngoing
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
0 – no ADC disable command on going.
-
void
LL_ADC_StartCalibration
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
CalibrationMode
)
-
Start ADC calibration in the mode single-ended or differential (for devices with differential mode available).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADCAL LL_ADC_StartCalibration
CR ADCALDIF LL_ADC_StartCalibration
CR ADCALLIN LL_ADC_StartCalibration
Note
On this STM32 series, a minimum number of ADC clock cycles are required between ADC end of calibration and ADC enable. Refer to literal LL_ADC_DELAY_CALIB_ENABLE_ADC_CYCLES .
Note
Calibration duration:
-
Calibration of offset: 520 ADC clock cycles
-
Calibration of linearity: 131072 ADC clock cycles
Note
For devices with differential mode available: Calibration of offset is specific to each of single-ended and differential modes (calibration run must be performed for each of these differential modes, if used afterwards and if the application requires their calibration). Calibration of linearity is common to both single-ended and differential modes (calibration run can be performed only once).
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be ADC disabled.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
CalibrationMode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsCalibrationOnGoing
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC calibration state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADCAL LL_ADC_IsCalibrationOnGoing
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
0 – calibration complete, 1: calibration in progress.
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableDeepPowerDown
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
- group ADC_LL_EF_Operation_ADC_Instance
-
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableDeepPowerDown
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Put ADC instance in deep power down state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR DEEPPWD LL_ADC_EnableDeepPowerDown
Note
In case of ADC calibration necessary: When ADC is in deep-power-down state, the internal analog calibration is lost. After exiting from deep power down, calibration must be relaunched or calibration factor (preliminarily saved) must be set back into calibration register.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be ADC disabled.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableDeepPowerDown
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Disable ADC deep power down mode.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR DEEPPWD LL_ADC_DisableDeepPowerDown
Note
In case of ADC calibration necessary: When ADC is in deep-power-down state, the internal analog calibration is lost. After exiting from deep power down, calibration must be relaunched or calibration factor (preliminarily saved) must be set back into calibration register.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be ADC disabled.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsDeepPowerDownEnabled
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get the selected ADC instance deep power down state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR DEEPPWD LL_ADC_IsDeepPowerDownEnabled
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
0 – deep power down is disabled, 1: deep power down is enabled.
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableInternalRegulator
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Enable ADC instance internal voltage regulator.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADVREGEN LL_ADC_EnableInternalRegulator
Note
On this STM32 series, after ADC internal voltage regulator enable, a delay for ADC internal voltage regulator stabilization is required before performing a ADC calibration or ADC enable. Refer to device datasheet, parameter tADCVREG_STUP. Refer to literal LL_ADC_DELAY_INTERNAL_REGUL_STAB_US .
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be ADC disabled.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableInternalRegulator
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Disable ADC internal voltage regulator.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADVREGEN LL_ADC_DisableInternalRegulator
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be ADC disabled.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsInternalRegulatorEnabled
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get the selected ADC instance internal voltage regulator state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADVREGEN LL_ADC_IsInternalRegulatorEnabled
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
0 – internal regulator is disabled, 1: internal regulator is enabled.
-
void
LL_ADC_Enable
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Enable the selected ADC instance.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADEN LL_ADC_Enable
Note
On this STM32 series, after ADC enable, a delay for ADC internal analog stabilization is required before performing a ADC conversion start. Refer to device datasheet, parameter tSTAB.
Note
On this STM32 series, flag LL_ADC_FLAG_ADRDY is raised when the ADC is enabled and when conversion clock is active. (not only core clock: this ADC has a dual clock domain)
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be ADC disabled and ADC internal voltage regulator enabled.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_Disable
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Disable the selected ADC instance.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADDIS LL_ADC_Disable
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be not disabled. Must be enabled without conversion on going on either groups regular or injected.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabled
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get the selected ADC instance enable state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADEN LL_ADC_IsEnabled
Note
On this STM32 series, flag LL_ADC_FLAG_ADRDY is raised when the ADC is enabled and when conversion clock is active. (not only core clock: this ADC has a dual clock domain)
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
0 – ADC is disabled, 1: ADC is enabled.
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsDisableOngoing
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get the selected ADC instance disable state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADDIS LL_ADC_IsDisableOngoing
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
0 – no ADC disable command on going.
-
void
LL_ADC_StartCalibration
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
CalibrationMode
)
-
Start ADC calibration in the mode single-ended or differential (for devices with differential mode available).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADCAL LL_ADC_StartCalibration
CR ADCALDIF LL_ADC_StartCalibration
CR ADCALLIN LL_ADC_StartCalibration
Note
On this STM32 series, a minimum number of ADC clock cycles are required between ADC end of calibration and ADC enable. Refer to literal LL_ADC_DELAY_CALIB_ENABLE_ADC_CYCLES .
Note
Calibration duration:
-
Calibration of offset: 520 ADC clock cycles
-
Calibration of linearity: 131072 ADC clock cycles
Note
For devices with differential mode available: Calibration of offset is specific to each of single-ended and differential modes (calibration run must be performed for each of these differential modes, if used afterwards and if the application requires their calibration). Calibration of linearity is common to both single-ended and differential modes (calibration run can be performed only once).
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be ADC disabled.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
CalibrationMode – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsCalibrationOnGoing
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC calibration state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADCAL LL_ADC_IsCalibrationOnGoing
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
0 – calibration complete, 1: calibration in progress.
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableDeepPowerDown
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
Operation on ADC hierarchical scope: group regular ¶
- group ADC_LL_EF_Operation_ADC_Group_Regular
-
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_StartConversion
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Start ADC group regular conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADSTART LL_ADC_REG_StartConversion
Note
On this STM32 series, this function is relevant for both internal trigger (SW start) and external trigger:
-
If ADC trigger has been set to software start, ADC conversion starts immediately.
-
If ADC trigger has been set to external trigger, ADC conversion will start at next trigger event (on the selected trigger edge) following the ADC start conversion command.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be enabled without conversion on going on group regular, without conversion stop command on going on group regular, without ADC disable command on going.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_StopConversion
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Stop ADC group regular conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADSTP LL_ADC_REG_StopConversion
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be enabled with conversion on going on group regular, without ADC disable command on going.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC group regular conversion state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADSTART LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
0 – no conversion is on going on ADC group regular.
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_IsStopConversionOngoing
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC group regular command of conversion stop state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADSTP LL_ADC_REG_IsStopConversionOngoing
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
0 – no command of conversion stop is on going on ADC group regular.
-
int32_t
LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC group regular conversion data, range fit for all ADC configurations: all ADC resolutions, features extending data width (oversampling, data shift, …) and features changing data sign (offset).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DR RDATA LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Signed – value (can be negative after post-processing computation: offset feature) between Min_Data=-2147483648 (two’s complement 0x80000000) and Max_Data=+2147483647 (0x7FFFFFFF)
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData32
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC group regular conversion data, range fit for ADC configurations with all ADC resolutions, features extending data width (oversampling, data shift, …) but not features changing data sign (offset).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DR RDATA LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData32
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x00000000 and Max_Data=0xFFFFFFFF
-
uint16_t
LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData16
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC group regular conversion data, range fit for data width 16 bits and unsigned.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DR RDATA LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData16
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFFFF
-
uint16_t
LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData14
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC group regular conversion data, range fit for data width 14 bits and unsigned.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DR RDATA LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData14
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x3FF
-
uint16_t
LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData12
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC group regular conversion data, range fit for data width 12 bits and unsigned.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DR RDATA LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData12
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0xFFF
-
uint16_t
LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData10
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC group regular conversion data, range fit for data width 10 bits and unsigned.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DR RDATA LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData10
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0x3FF
-
uint8_t
LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData8
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC group regular conversion data, range fit for data width 8 bits and unsigned.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DR RDATA LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData8
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFF
-
uint8_t
LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData6
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC group regular conversion data, range fit for data width 6 bits and unsigned.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DR RDATA LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData8
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFF
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_ReadMultiConversionData32
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
,
uint32_t
ConversionData
)
¶
-
Get ADC multimode conversion data of ADC master, ADC slave or raw data with ADC master and slave concatenated.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CDR RDATA_MST LL_ADC_REG_ReadMultiConversionData32
CDR RDATA_SLV LL_ADC_REG_ReadMultiConversionData32
Note
This function is relevant only for ADC multimode group regular data format with packing: each ADC conversion data concatenated in a single register (refer to LL_ADC_MULTI_REG_DMA_RES_32_10B , LL_ADC_MULTI_REG_DMA_RES_8B ).
Note
Each ADC conversion data width is limited to 8 or 16 bits depending on data packing setting. If expected data width is wider (this can be the case with features extending data width (oversampling, data shift,…), others services must be used:
-
function “LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData()” for each ADC instance part of multimode.
-
multimode functions with data transfer by DMA.
Note
Returned value is unsigned, due to concatenation of multiple data. In case of signed data expected (with features changing data sign: offset), use function “LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData()” for each ADC instance part of multimode.
Note
If raw data with ADC master and slave concatenated is retrieved, a macro is available to get the conversion data of ADC master or ADC slave: see helper macro LL_ADC_MULTI_CONV_DATA_MASTER_SLAVE() . (however this macro is mainly intended for multimode transfer by DMA, because this function can do the same by getting multimode conversion data of ADC master or ADC slave separately).
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
-
ConversionData – This parameter can be one of the following values:
(1) Parameter available only if ADC multimode group regular data format with packing option on 32 bits (refer to LL_ADC_MULTI_REG_DMA_RES_32_10B ).
-
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x00000000 and Max_Data=0xFFFFFFFF
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_StartConversion
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
- group ADC_LL_EF_Operation_ADC_Group_Regular
-
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_StartConversion
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Start ADC group regular conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADSTART LL_ADC_REG_StartConversion
Note
On this STM32 series, this function is relevant for both internal trigger (SW start) and external trigger:
-
If ADC trigger has been set to software start, ADC conversion starts immediately.
-
If ADC trigger has been set to external trigger, ADC conversion will start at next trigger event (on the selected trigger edge) following the ADC start conversion command.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be enabled without conversion on going on group regular, without conversion stop command on going on group regular, without ADC disable command on going.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_StopConversion
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Stop ADC group regular conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADSTP LL_ADC_REG_StopConversion
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be enabled with conversion on going on group regular, without ADC disable command on going.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular conversion state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADSTART LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
0 – no conversion is on going on ADC group regular.
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_IsStopConversionOngoing
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular command of conversion stop state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADSTP LL_ADC_REG_IsStopConversionOngoing
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
0 – no command of conversion stop is on going on ADC group regular.
-
int32_t
LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular conversion data, range fit for all ADC configurations: all ADC resolutions, features extending data width (oversampling, data shift, …) and features changing data sign (offset).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DR RDATA LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Signed – value (can be negative after post-processing computation: offset feature) between Min_Data=-2147483648 (two’s complement 0x80000000) and Max_Data=+2147483647 (0x7FFFFFFF)
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData32
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular conversion data, range fit for ADC configurations with all ADC resolutions, features extending data width (oversampling, data shift, …) but not features changing data sign (offset).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DR RDATA LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData32
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x00000000 and Max_Data=0xFFFFFFFF
-
uint16_t
LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData16
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular conversion data, range fit for data width 16 bits and unsigned.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DR RDATA LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData16
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFFFF
-
uint16_t
LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData14
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular conversion data, range fit for data width 14 bits and unsigned.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DR RDATA LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData14
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x3FF
-
uint16_t
LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData12
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular conversion data, range fit for data width 12 bits and unsigned.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DR RDATA LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData12
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0xFFF
-
uint16_t
LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData10
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular conversion data, range fit for data width 10 bits and unsigned.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DR RDATA LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData10
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0x3FF
-
uint8_t
LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData8
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular conversion data, range fit for data width 8 bits and unsigned.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DR RDATA LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData8
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFF
-
uint8_t
LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData6
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular conversion data, range fit for data width 6 bits and unsigned.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DR RDATA LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData8
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFF
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_ReadMultiConversionData32
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
,
uint32_t
ConversionData
)
-
Get ADC multimode conversion data of ADC master, ADC slave or raw data with ADC master and slave concatenated.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CDR RDATA_MST LL_ADC_REG_ReadMultiConversionData32
CDR RDATA_SLV LL_ADC_REG_ReadMultiConversionData32
Note
This function is relevant only for ADC multimode group regular data format with packing: each ADC conversion data concatenated in a single register (refer to LL_ADC_MULTI_REG_DMA_RES_32_10B , LL_ADC_MULTI_REG_DMA_RES_8B ).
Note
Each ADC conversion data width is limited to 8 or 16 bits depending on data packing setting. If expected data width is wider (this can be the case with features extending data width (oversampling, data shift,…), others services must be used:
-
function “LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData()” for each ADC instance part of multimode.
-
multimode functions with data transfer by DMA.
Note
Returned value is unsigned, due to concatenation of multiple data. In case of signed data expected (with features changing data sign: offset), use function “LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData()” for each ADC instance part of multimode.
Note
If raw data with ADC master and slave concatenated is retrieved, a macro is available to get the conversion data of ADC master or ADC slave: see helper macro LL_ADC_MULTI_CONV_DATA_MASTER_SLAVE() . (however this macro is mainly intended for multimode transfer by DMA, because this function can do the same by getting multimode conversion data of ADC master or ADC slave separately).
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
-
ConversionData – This parameter can be one of the following values:
(1) Parameter available only if ADC multimode group regular data format with packing option on 32 bits (refer to LL_ADC_MULTI_REG_DMA_RES_32_10B ).
-
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x00000000 and Max_Data=0xFFFFFFFF
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_StartConversion
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
- group ADC_LL_EF_Operation_ADC_Group_Regular
-
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_StartConversion
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Start ADC group regular conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADSTART LL_ADC_REG_StartConversion
Note
On this STM32 series, this function is relevant for both internal trigger (SW start) and external trigger:
-
If ADC trigger has been set to software start, ADC conversion starts immediately.
-
If ADC trigger has been set to external trigger, ADC conversion will start at next trigger event (on the selected trigger edge) following the ADC start conversion command.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be enabled without conversion on going on group regular, without conversion stop command on going on group regular, without ADC disable command on going.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_StopConversion
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Stop ADC group regular conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADSTP LL_ADC_REG_StopConversion
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be enabled with conversion on going on group regular, without ADC disable command on going.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular conversion state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADSTART LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
0 – no conversion is on going on ADC group regular.
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_IsStopConversionOngoing
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular command of conversion stop state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR ADSTP LL_ADC_REG_IsStopConversionOngoing
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
0 – no command of conversion stop is on going on ADC group regular.
-
int32_t
LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular conversion data, range fit for all ADC configurations: all ADC resolutions, features extending data width (oversampling, data shift, …) and features changing data sign (offset).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DR RDATA LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Signed – value (can be negative after post-processing computation: offset feature) between Min_Data=-2147483648 (two’s complement 0x80000000) and Max_Data=+2147483647 (0x7FFFFFFF)
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData32
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular conversion data, range fit for ADC configurations with all ADC resolutions, features extending data width (oversampling, data shift, …) but not features changing data sign (offset).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DR RDATA LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData32
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x00000000 and Max_Data=0xFFFFFFFF
-
uint16_t
LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData16
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular conversion data, range fit for data width 16 bits and unsigned.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DR RDATA LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData16
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFFFF
-
uint16_t
LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData14
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular conversion data, range fit for data width 14 bits and unsigned.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DR RDATA LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData14
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x3FF
-
uint16_t
LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData12
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular conversion data, range fit for data width 12 bits and unsigned.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DR RDATA LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData12
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0xFFF
-
uint16_t
LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData10
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular conversion data, range fit for data width 10 bits and unsigned.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DR RDATA LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData10
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0x3FF
-
uint8_t
LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData8
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular conversion data, range fit for data width 8 bits and unsigned.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DR RDATA LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData8
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFF
-
uint8_t
LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData6
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group regular conversion data, range fit for data width 6 bits and unsigned.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
DR RDATA LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData8
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFF
-
void
LL_ADC_REG_StartConversion
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
Operation on ADC hierarchical scope: group injected ¶
- group ADC_LL_EF_Operation_ADC_Group_Injected
-
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_INJ_StartConversion
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Start ADC group injected conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR JADSTART LL_ADC_INJ_StartConversion
Note
On this STM32 series, this function is relevant for both internal trigger (SW start) and external trigger:
-
If ADC trigger has been set to software start, ADC conversion starts immediately.
-
If ADC trigger has been set to external trigger, ADC conversion will start at next trigger event (on the selected trigger edge) following the ADC start conversion command.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be enabled without conversion on going on group injected, without conversion stop command on going on group injected, without ADC disable command on going.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_INJ_StopConversion
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Stop ADC group injected conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR JADSTP LL_ADC_INJ_StopConversion
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be enabled with conversion on going on group injected, without ADC disable command on going.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_INJ_IsConversionOngoing
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC group injected conversion state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR JADSTART LL_ADC_INJ_IsConversionOngoing
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
0 – no conversion is on going on ADC group injected.
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_INJ_IsStopConversionOngoing
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get ADC group injected command of conversion stop state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR JADSTP LL_ADC_INJ_IsStopConversionOngoing
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
0 – no command of conversion stop is on going on ADC group injected.
-
int32_t
LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
rank
)
¶
-
Get ADC group injected conversion data, range fit for all ADC configurations: all ADC resolutions, features extending data width (oversampling, data shift, …) and features changing data sign (offset).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JDR1 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData
JDR2 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData
JDR3 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData
JDR4 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
rank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Signed – value (can be negative after post-processing computation: offset feature) between Min_Data=-2147483648 (two’s complement 0x80000000) and Max_Data=+2147483647 (0x7FFFFFFF)
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData32
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
rank
)
¶
-
Get ADC group injected conversion data, range fit for ADC configurations with all ADC resolutions, features extending data width (oversampling, data shift, …) but not features changing data sign (offset).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JDR1 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData32
JDR2 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData32
JDR3 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData32
JDR4 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData32
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
rank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x00000000 and Max_Data=0xFFFFFFFF
-
uint16_t
LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData16
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
rank
)
¶
-
Get ADC group injected conversion data, range fit for data width 16 bits and unsigned.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JDR1 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData16
JDR2 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData16
JDR3 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData16
JDR4 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData16
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
rank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0xFFFF
-
uint16_t
LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData14
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
rank
)
¶
-
Get ADC group injected conversion data, range fit for data width 14 bits and unsigned.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JDR1 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData14
JDR2 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData14
JDR3 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData14
JDR4 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData14
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
rank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0x3FFF
-
uint16_t
LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData12
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
rank
)
¶
-
Get ADC group injected conversion data, range fit for data width 12 bits and unsigned.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JDR1 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData12
JDR2 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData12
JDR3 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData12
JDR4 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData12
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
rank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0xFFF
-
uint16_t
LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData10
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
rank
)
¶
-
Get ADC group injected conversion data, range fit for data width 10 bits and unsigned.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JDR1 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData10
JDR2 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData10
JDR3 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData10
JDR4 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData10
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
rank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0x3FF
-
uint8_t
LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData8
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
rank
)
¶
-
Get ADC group injected conversion data, range fit for data width 8 bits and unsigned.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JDR1 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData8
JDR2 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData8
JDR3 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData8
JDR4 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData8
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
rank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFF
-
void
LL_ADC_INJ_StartConversion
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
- group ADC_LL_EF_Operation_ADC_Group_Injected
-
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_INJ_StartConversion
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Start ADC group injected conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR JADSTART LL_ADC_INJ_StartConversion
Note
On this STM32 series, this function is relevant for both internal trigger (SW start) and external trigger:
-
If ADC trigger has been set to software start, ADC conversion starts immediately.
-
If ADC trigger has been set to external trigger, ADC conversion will start at next trigger event (on the selected trigger edge) following the ADC start conversion command.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be enabled without conversion on going on group injected, without conversion stop command on going on group injected, without ADC disable command on going.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_INJ_StopConversion
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Stop ADC group injected conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR JADSTP LL_ADC_INJ_StopConversion
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be enabled with conversion on going on group injected, without ADC disable command on going.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_INJ_IsConversionOngoing
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group injected conversion state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR JADSTART LL_ADC_INJ_IsConversionOngoing
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
0 – no conversion is on going on ADC group injected.
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_INJ_IsStopConversionOngoing
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group injected command of conversion stop state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR JADSTP LL_ADC_INJ_IsStopConversionOngoing
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
0 – no command of conversion stop is on going on ADC group injected.
-
int32_t
LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
rank
)
-
Get ADC group injected conversion data, range fit for all ADC configurations: all ADC resolutions, features extending data width (oversampling, data shift, …) and features changing data sign (offset).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JDR1 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData
JDR2 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData
JDR3 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData
JDR4 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
rank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Signed – value (can be negative after post-processing computation: offset feature) between Min_Data=-2147483648 (two’s complement 0x80000000) and Max_Data=+2147483647 (0x7FFFFFFF)
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData32
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
rank
)
-
Get ADC group injected conversion data, range fit for ADC configurations with all ADC resolutions, features extending data width (oversampling, data shift, …) but not features changing data sign (offset).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JDR1 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData32
JDR2 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData32
JDR3 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData32
JDR4 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData32
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
rank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x00000000 and Max_Data=0xFFFFFFFF
-
uint16_t
LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData16
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
rank
)
-
Get ADC group injected conversion data, range fit for data width 16 bits and unsigned.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JDR1 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData16
JDR2 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData16
JDR3 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData16
JDR4 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData16
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
rank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0xFFFF
-
uint16_t
LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData14
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
rank
)
-
Get ADC group injected conversion data, range fit for data width 14 bits and unsigned.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JDR1 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData14
JDR2 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData14
JDR3 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData14
JDR4 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData14
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
rank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0x3FFF
-
uint16_t
LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData12
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
rank
)
-
Get ADC group injected conversion data, range fit for data width 12 bits and unsigned.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JDR1 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData12
JDR2 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData12
JDR3 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData12
JDR4 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData12
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
rank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0xFFF
-
uint16_t
LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData10
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
rank
)
-
Get ADC group injected conversion data, range fit for data width 10 bits and unsigned.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JDR1 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData10
JDR2 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData10
JDR3 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData10
JDR4 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData10
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
rank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0x3FF
-
uint8_t
LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData8
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
rank
)
-
Get ADC group injected conversion data, range fit for data width 8 bits and unsigned.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JDR1 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData8
JDR2 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData8
JDR3 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData8
JDR4 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData8
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
rank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFF
-
void
LL_ADC_INJ_StartConversion
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
- group ADC_LL_EF_Operation_ADC_Group_Injected
-
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_INJ_StartConversion
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Start ADC group injected conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR JADSTART LL_ADC_INJ_StartConversion
Note
On this STM32 series, this function is relevant for both internal trigger (SW start) and external trigger:
-
If ADC trigger has been set to software start, ADC conversion starts immediately.
-
If ADC trigger has been set to external trigger, ADC conversion will start at next trigger event (on the selected trigger edge) following the ADC start conversion command.
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be enabled without conversion on going on group injected, without conversion stop command on going on group injected, without ADC disable command on going.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_INJ_StopConversion
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Stop ADC group injected conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR JADSTP LL_ADC_INJ_StopConversion
Note
On this STM32 series, setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be enabled with conversion on going on group injected, without ADC disable command on going.
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_INJ_IsConversionOngoing
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group injected conversion state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR JADSTART LL_ADC_INJ_IsConversionOngoing
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
0 – no conversion is on going on ADC group injected.
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_INJ_IsStopConversionOngoing
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get ADC group injected command of conversion stop state.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CR JADSTP LL_ADC_INJ_IsStopConversionOngoing
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
0 – no command of conversion stop is on going on ADC group injected.
-
int32_t
LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
rank
)
-
Get ADC group injected conversion data, range fit for all ADC configurations: all ADC resolutions, features extending data width (oversampling, data shift, …) and features changing data sign (offset).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JDR1 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData
JDR2 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData
JDR3 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData
JDR4 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
rank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Signed – value (can be negative after post-processing computation: offset feature) between Min_Data=-2147483648 (two’s complement 0x80000000) and Max_Data=+2147483647 (0x7FFFFFFF)
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData32
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
rank
)
-
Get ADC group injected conversion data, range fit for ADC configurations with all ADC resolutions, features extending data width (oversampling, data shift, …) but not features changing data sign (offset).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JDR1 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData32
JDR2 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData32
JDR3 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData32
JDR4 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData32
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
rank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x00000000 and Max_Data=0xFFFFFFFF
-
uint16_t
LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData16
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
rank
)
-
Get ADC group injected conversion data, range fit for data width 16 bits and unsigned.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JDR1 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData16
JDR2 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData16
JDR3 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData16
JDR4 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData16
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
rank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0xFFFF
-
uint16_t
LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData14
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
rank
)
-
Get ADC group injected conversion data, range fit for data width 14 bits and unsigned.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JDR1 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData14
JDR2 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData14
JDR3 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData14
JDR4 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData14
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
rank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0x3FFF
-
uint16_t
LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData12
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
rank
)
-
Get ADC group injected conversion data, range fit for data width 12 bits and unsigned.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JDR1 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData12
JDR2 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData12
JDR3 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData12
JDR4 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData12
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
rank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0xFFF
-
uint16_t
LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData10
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
rank
)
-
Get ADC group injected conversion data, range fit for data width 10 bits and unsigned.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JDR1 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData10
JDR2 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData10
JDR3 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData10
JDR4 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData10
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
rank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0x3FF
-
uint8_t
LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData8
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
rank
)
-
Get ADC group injected conversion data, range fit for data width 8 bits and unsigned.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
JDR1 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData8
JDR2 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData8
JDR3 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData8
JDR4 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData8
Note
To get data handling all ADC configurations, use default function LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData() .
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
rank – This parameter can be one of the following values:
-
- Return values :
-
Value – between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFF
-
void
LL_ADC_INJ_StartConversion
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
ADC flag management ¶
- group ADC_LL_EF_FLAG_Management
-
Functions
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
flag
)
¶
-
Get ADC flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR ADRDY LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
ISR EOC LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
ISR EOS LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
ISR OVR LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
ISR EOSMP LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
ISR JEOC LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
ISR JEOS LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
ISR AWD1 LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
ISR AWD2 LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
ISR AWD3 LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
ISR EOCAL LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
ISR LDORDY LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
Note
Generic function with flag selected as parameter. Optimized functions for each flag are available.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
flag – This parameter can one of the following values:
(1) On STM32U5, parameter available only on ADC instance: ADC1/ADC2. (2) On STM32U5, parameter available only on ADC instance: ADC4.
-
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_ADRDY
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get flag ADC ready.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR ADRDY LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_ADRDY
Note
On this STM32 series, flag LL_ADC_FLAG_ADRDY is raised when the ADC is enabled and when conversion clock is active. (not only core clock: this ADC has a dual clock domain)
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_EOC
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get flag ADC group regular end of unitary conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR EOC LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_EOC
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_EOS
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get flag ADC group regular end of sequence conversions.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR EOS LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_EOS
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_OVR
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get flag ADC group regular overrun.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR OVR LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_OVR
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_EOSMP
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get flag ADC group regular end of sampling phase.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR EOSMP LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_EOSMP
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_JEOC
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get flag ADC group injected end of unitary conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR JEOC LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_JEOC
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_JEOS
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get flag ADC group injected end of sequence conversions.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR JEOS LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_JEOS
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_AWD1
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get flag ADC analog watchdog 1 out of window event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR AWD1 LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_AWD1
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_AWD2
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get flag ADC analog watchdog 2 out of window event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR AWD2 LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_AWD2
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_AWD3
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get flag ADC analog watchdog 3 out of window event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR AWD3 LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_AWD3
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_EOCAL
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get flag ADC end of calibration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR EOCAL LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_EOCAL
Note
On this STM32 series, flag LL_ADC_FLAG_ADRDY is raised when the ADC is enabled and when conversion clock is active. (not only core clock: this ADC has a dual clock domain)
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_LDORDY
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get flag ADC internal voltage regulator (LDO) ready.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR LDORDY LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_LDORDY
Note
On this STM32 series, this flag indicates LDO state in different way depending on ADC instances:
-
ADC4: latched as other flags, clear flag function available
-
ADC1, ADC2 (if available): current state (not latched as other flags, no clear flag function)
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
flag
)
¶
-
Clear ADC flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR ADRDY LL_ADC_ClearFlag
ISR EOC LL_ADC_ClearFlag
ISR EOS LL_ADC_ClearFlag
ISR OVR LL_ADC_ClearFlag
ISR EOSMP LL_ADC_ClearFlag
ISR JEOC LL_ADC_ClearFlag
ISR JEOS LL_ADC_ClearFlag
ISR AWD1 LL_ADC_ClearFlag
ISR AWD2 LL_ADC_ClearFlag
ISR AWD3 LL_ADC_ClearFlag
ISR EOCAL LL_ADC_ClearFlag
ISR LDORDY LL_ADC_ClearFlag
Note
Generic function with flag selected as parameter. Optimized functions for each flag are available.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
flag – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
(1) On STM32U5, parameter available only on ADC instance: ADC1/ADC2. (2) On STM32U5, parameter available only on ADC instance: ADC4.
-
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_ADRDY
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Clear flag ADC ready.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR ADRDY LL_ADC_ClearFlag_ADRDY
Note
On this STM32 series, flag LL_ADC_FLAG_ADRDY is raised when the ADC is enabled and when conversion clock is active. (not only core clock: this ADC has a dual clock domain)
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_EOC
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Clear flag ADC group regular end of unitary conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR EOC LL_ADC_ClearFlag_EOC
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_EOS
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Clear flag ADC group regular end of sequence conversions.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR EOS LL_ADC_ClearFlag_EOS
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_OVR
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Clear flag ADC group regular overrun.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR OVR LL_ADC_ClearFlag_OVR
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_EOSMP
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Clear flag ADC group regular end of sampling phase.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR EOSMP LL_ADC_ClearFlag_EOSMP
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_JEOC
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Clear flag ADC group injected end of unitary conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR JEOC LL_ADC_ClearFlag_JEOC
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_JEOS
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Clear flag ADC group injected end of sequence conversions.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR JEOS LL_ADC_ClearFlag_JEOS
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_AWD1
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Clear flag ADC analog watchdog 1 out of window event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR AWD1 LL_ADC_ClearFlag_AWD1
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_AWD2
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Clear flag ADC analog watchdog 2 out of window event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR AWD2 LL_ADC_ClearFlag_AWD2
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_AWD3
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Clear flag ADC analog watchdog 3 out of window event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR AWD3 LL_ADC_ClearFlag_AWD3
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_EOCAL
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Clear flag ADC end of calibration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR EOCAL LL_ADC_ClearFlag_EOCAL
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_LDORDY
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Clear flag ADC internal voltage regulator (LDO) ready.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR LDORDY LL_ADC_ClearFlag_LDORDY
Note
On this STM32 series, this flag indicates LDO state in different way depending on ADC instances:
-
ADC4: latched as other flags, clear flag function available
-
ADC1, ADC2 (if available): current state (not latched as other flags, no clear flag function)
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_ADRDY
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
¶
-
Get flag multimode ADC ready of the ADC master.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR ADRDY_MST LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_ADRDY
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_ADRDY
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
¶
-
Get flag multimode ADC ready of the ADC slave.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR ADRDY_SLV LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_ADRDY
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_EOC
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
¶
-
Get flag multimode ADC group regular end of unitary conversion of the ADC master.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR EOC_MST LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_EOC
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_EOC
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
¶
-
Get flag multimode ADC group regular end of unitary conversion of the ADC slave.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR EOC_SLV LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_EOC
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_EOS
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
¶
-
Get flag multimode ADC group regular end of sequence conversions of the ADC master.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR EOS_MST LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_EOS
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_EOS
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
¶
-
Get flag multimode ADC group regular end of sequence conversions of the ADC slave.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR EOS_SLV LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_EOS
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_OVR
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
¶
-
Get flag multimode ADC group regular overrun of the ADC master.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR OVR_MST LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_OVR
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_OVR
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
¶
-
Get flag multimode ADC group regular overrun of the ADC slave.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR OVR_SLV LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_OVR
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_EOSMP
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
¶
-
Get flag multimode ADC group regular end of sampling of the ADC master.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR EOSMP_MST LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_EOSMP
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_EOSMP
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
¶
-
Get flag multimode ADC group regular end of sampling of the ADC slave.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR EOSMP_SLV LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_EOSMP
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_JEOC
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
¶
-
Get flag multimode ADC group injected end of unitary conversion of the ADC master.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR JEOC_MST LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_JEOC
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_JEOC
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
¶
-
Get flag multimode ADC group injected end of unitary conversion of the ADC slave.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR JEOC_SLV LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_JEOC
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_JEOS
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
¶
-
Get flag multimode ADC group injected end of sequence conversions of the ADC master.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR JEOS_MST LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_JEOS
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_JEOS
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
¶
-
Get flag multimode ADC group injected end of sequence conversions of the ADC slave.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR JEOS_SLV LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_JEOS
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_AWD1
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
¶
-
Get flag multimode ADC analog watchdog 1 of the ADC master.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR AWD1_MST LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_AWD1
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_AWD1
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
¶
-
Get flag multimode analog watchdog 1 of the ADC slave.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR AWD1_SLV LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_AWD1
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_AWD2
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
¶
-
Get flag multimode ADC analog watchdog 2 of the ADC master.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR AWD2_MST LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_AWD2
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_AWD2
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
¶
-
Get flag multimode ADC analog watchdog 2 of the ADC slave.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR AWD2_SLV LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_AWD2
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_AWD3
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
¶
-
Get flag multimode ADC analog watchdog 3 of the ADC master.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR AWD3_MST LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_AWD3
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_AWD3
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
¶
-
Get flag multimode ADC analog watchdog 3 of the ADC slave.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR AWD3_SLV LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_AWD3
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_LDORDY
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
¶
-
Get flag multimode ADC internal voltage regulator (LDO) ready of the ADC master.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR LDORDY_MST LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_LDORDY
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_LDORDY
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
¶
-
Get flag multimode ADC internal voltage regulator (LDO) ready of the ADC slave.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR LDORDY_SLV LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_LDORDY
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
flag
)
¶
- group ADC_LL_EF_FLAG_Management
-
Functions
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
flag
)
-
Get ADC flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR ADRDY LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
ISR EOC LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
ISR EOS LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
ISR OVR LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
ISR EOSMP LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
ISR JEOC LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
ISR JEOS LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
ISR AWD1 LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
ISR AWD2 LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
ISR AWD3 LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
ISR EOCAL LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
ISR LDORDY LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
Note
Generic function with flag selected as parameter. Optimized functions for each flag are available.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
flag – This parameter can one of the following values:
(1) On STM32U5, parameter available only on ADC instance: ADC1/ADC2. (2) On STM32U5, parameter available only on ADC instance: ADC4.
-
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_ADRDY
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get flag ADC ready.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR ADRDY LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_ADRDY
Note
On this STM32 series, flag LL_ADC_FLAG_ADRDY is raised when the ADC is enabled and when conversion clock is active. (not only core clock: this ADC has a dual clock domain)
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_EOC
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get flag ADC group regular end of unitary conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR EOC LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_EOC
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_EOS
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get flag ADC group regular end of sequence conversions.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR EOS LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_EOS
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_OVR
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get flag ADC group regular overrun.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR OVR LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_OVR
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_EOSMP
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get flag ADC group regular end of sampling phase.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR EOSMP LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_EOSMP
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_JEOC
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get flag ADC group injected end of unitary conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR JEOC LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_JEOC
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_JEOS
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get flag ADC group injected end of sequence conversions.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR JEOS LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_JEOS
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_AWD1
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get flag ADC analog watchdog 1 out of window event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR AWD1 LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_AWD1
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_AWD2
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get flag ADC analog watchdog 2 out of window event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR AWD2 LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_AWD2
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_AWD3
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get flag ADC analog watchdog 3 out of window event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR AWD3 LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_AWD3
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_EOCAL
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get flag ADC end of calibration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR EOCAL LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_EOCAL
Note
On this STM32 series, flag LL_ADC_FLAG_ADRDY is raised when the ADC is enabled and when conversion clock is active. (not only core clock: this ADC has a dual clock domain)
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_LDORDY
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get flag ADC internal voltage regulator (LDO) ready.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR LDORDY LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_LDORDY
Note
On this STM32 series, this flag indicates LDO state in different way depending on ADC instances:
-
ADC4: latched as other flags, clear flag function available
-
ADC1, ADC2 (if available): current state (not latched as other flags, no clear flag function)
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
flag
)
-
Clear ADC flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR ADRDY LL_ADC_ClearFlag
ISR EOC LL_ADC_ClearFlag
ISR EOS LL_ADC_ClearFlag
ISR OVR LL_ADC_ClearFlag
ISR EOSMP LL_ADC_ClearFlag
ISR JEOC LL_ADC_ClearFlag
ISR JEOS LL_ADC_ClearFlag
ISR AWD1 LL_ADC_ClearFlag
ISR AWD2 LL_ADC_ClearFlag
ISR AWD3 LL_ADC_ClearFlag
ISR EOCAL LL_ADC_ClearFlag
ISR LDORDY LL_ADC_ClearFlag
Note
Generic function with flag selected as parameter. Optimized functions for each flag are available.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
flag – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
(1) On STM32U5, parameter available only on ADC instance: ADC1/ADC2. (2) On STM32U5, parameter available only on ADC instance: ADC4.
-
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_ADRDY
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Clear flag ADC ready.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR ADRDY LL_ADC_ClearFlag_ADRDY
Note
On this STM32 series, flag LL_ADC_FLAG_ADRDY is raised when the ADC is enabled and when conversion clock is active. (not only core clock: this ADC has a dual clock domain)
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_EOC
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Clear flag ADC group regular end of unitary conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR EOC LL_ADC_ClearFlag_EOC
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_EOS
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Clear flag ADC group regular end of sequence conversions.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR EOS LL_ADC_ClearFlag_EOS
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_OVR
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Clear flag ADC group regular overrun.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR OVR LL_ADC_ClearFlag_OVR
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_EOSMP
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Clear flag ADC group regular end of sampling phase.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR EOSMP LL_ADC_ClearFlag_EOSMP
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_JEOC
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Clear flag ADC group injected end of unitary conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR JEOC LL_ADC_ClearFlag_JEOC
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_JEOS
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Clear flag ADC group injected end of sequence conversions.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR JEOS LL_ADC_ClearFlag_JEOS
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_AWD1
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Clear flag ADC analog watchdog 1 out of window event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR AWD1 LL_ADC_ClearFlag_AWD1
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_AWD2
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Clear flag ADC analog watchdog 2 out of window event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR AWD2 LL_ADC_ClearFlag_AWD2
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_AWD3
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Clear flag ADC analog watchdog 3 out of window event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR AWD3 LL_ADC_ClearFlag_AWD3
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_EOCAL
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Clear flag ADC end of calibration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR EOCAL LL_ADC_ClearFlag_EOCAL
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_LDORDY
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Clear flag ADC internal voltage regulator (LDO) ready.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR LDORDY LL_ADC_ClearFlag_LDORDY
Note
On this STM32 series, this flag indicates LDO state in different way depending on ADC instances:
-
ADC4: latched as other flags, clear flag function available
-
ADC1, ADC2 (if available): current state (not latched as other flags, no clear flag function)
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_ADRDY
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
-
Get flag multimode ADC ready of the ADC master.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR ADRDY_MST LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_ADRDY
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_ADRDY
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
-
Get flag multimode ADC ready of the ADC slave.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR ADRDY_SLV LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_ADRDY
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_EOC
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
-
Get flag multimode ADC group regular end of unitary conversion of the ADC master.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR EOC_MST LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_EOC
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_EOC
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
-
Get flag multimode ADC group regular end of unitary conversion of the ADC slave.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR EOC_SLV LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_EOC
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_EOS
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
-
Get flag multimode ADC group regular end of sequence conversions of the ADC master.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR EOS_MST LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_EOS
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_EOS
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
-
Get flag multimode ADC group regular end of sequence conversions of the ADC slave.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR EOS_SLV LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_EOS
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_OVR
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
-
Get flag multimode ADC group regular overrun of the ADC master.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR OVR_MST LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_OVR
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_OVR
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
-
Get flag multimode ADC group regular overrun of the ADC slave.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR OVR_SLV LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_OVR
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_EOSMP
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
-
Get flag multimode ADC group regular end of sampling of the ADC master.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR EOSMP_MST LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_EOSMP
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_EOSMP
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
-
Get flag multimode ADC group regular end of sampling of the ADC slave.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR EOSMP_SLV LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_EOSMP
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_JEOC
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
-
Get flag multimode ADC group injected end of unitary conversion of the ADC master.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR JEOC_MST LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_JEOC
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_JEOC
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
-
Get flag multimode ADC group injected end of unitary conversion of the ADC slave.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR JEOC_SLV LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_JEOC
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_JEOS
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
-
Get flag multimode ADC group injected end of sequence conversions of the ADC master.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR JEOS_MST LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_JEOS
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_JEOS
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
-
Get flag multimode ADC group injected end of sequence conversions of the ADC slave.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR JEOS_SLV LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_JEOS
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_AWD1
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
-
Get flag multimode ADC analog watchdog 1 of the ADC master.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR AWD1_MST LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_AWD1
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_AWD1
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
-
Get flag multimode analog watchdog 1 of the ADC slave.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR AWD1_SLV LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_AWD1
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_AWD2
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
-
Get flag multimode ADC analog watchdog 2 of the ADC master.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR AWD2_MST LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_AWD2
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_AWD2
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
-
Get flag multimode ADC analog watchdog 2 of the ADC slave.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR AWD2_SLV LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_AWD2
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_AWD3
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
-
Get flag multimode ADC analog watchdog 3 of the ADC master.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR AWD3_MST LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_AWD3
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_AWD3
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
-
Get flag multimode ADC analog watchdog 3 of the ADC slave.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR AWD3_SLV LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_AWD3
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_LDORDY
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
-
Get flag multimode ADC internal voltage regulator (LDO) ready of the ADC master.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR LDORDY_MST LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_LDORDY
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_LDORDY
(
const
ADC_Common_TypeDef
*
p_adc_common
)
-
Get flag multimode ADC internal voltage regulator (LDO) ready of the ADC slave.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
CSR LDORDY_SLV LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV_LDORDY
- Parameters :
-
p_adc_common – Pointer to ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition ADCxy_COMMON or using helper macro ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE())
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
flag
)
- group ADC_LL_EF_FLAG_Management
-
Functions
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
flag
)
-
Get ADC flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR ADRDY LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
ISR EOC LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
ISR EOS LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
ISR OVR LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
ISR EOSMP LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
ISR JEOC LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
ISR JEOS LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
ISR AWD1 LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
ISR AWD2 LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
ISR AWD3 LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
ISR EOCAL LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
ISR LDORDY LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
Note
Generic function with flag selected as parameter. Optimized functions for each flag are available.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
flag – This parameter can one of the following values:
(1) On STM32U5, parameter available only on ADC instance: ADC1/ADC2. (2) On STM32U5, parameter available only on ADC instance: ADC4.
-
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_ADRDY
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get flag ADC ready.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR ADRDY LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_ADRDY
Note
On this STM32 series, flag LL_ADC_FLAG_ADRDY is raised when the ADC is enabled and when conversion clock is active. (not only core clock: this ADC has a dual clock domain)
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_EOC
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get flag ADC group regular end of unitary conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR EOC LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_EOC
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_EOS
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get flag ADC group regular end of sequence conversions.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR EOS LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_EOS
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_OVR
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get flag ADC group regular overrun.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR OVR LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_OVR
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_EOSMP
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get flag ADC group regular end of sampling phase.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR EOSMP LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_EOSMP
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_JEOC
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get flag ADC group injected end of unitary conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR JEOC LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_JEOC
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_JEOS
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get flag ADC group injected end of sequence conversions.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR JEOS LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_JEOS
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_AWD1
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get flag ADC analog watchdog 1 out of window event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR AWD1 LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_AWD1
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_AWD2
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get flag ADC analog watchdog 2 out of window event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR AWD2 LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_AWD2
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_AWD3
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get flag ADC analog watchdog 3 out of window event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR AWD3 LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_AWD3
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_EOCAL
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get flag ADC end of calibration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR EOCAL LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_EOCAL
Note
On this STM32 series, flag LL_ADC_FLAG_ADRDY is raised when the ADC is enabled and when conversion clock is active. (not only core clock: this ADC has a dual clock domain)
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_LDORDY
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get flag ADC internal voltage regulator (LDO) ready.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR LDORDY LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_LDORDY
Note
On this STM32 series, this flag indicates LDO state in different way depending on ADC instances:
-
ADC4: latched as other flags, clear flag function available
-
ADC1, ADC2 (if available): current state (not latched as other flags, no clear flag function)
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
flag
)
-
Clear ADC flag.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR ADRDY LL_ADC_ClearFlag
ISR EOC LL_ADC_ClearFlag
ISR EOS LL_ADC_ClearFlag
ISR OVR LL_ADC_ClearFlag
ISR EOSMP LL_ADC_ClearFlag
ISR JEOC LL_ADC_ClearFlag
ISR JEOS LL_ADC_ClearFlag
ISR AWD1 LL_ADC_ClearFlag
ISR AWD2 LL_ADC_ClearFlag
ISR AWD3 LL_ADC_ClearFlag
ISR EOCAL LL_ADC_ClearFlag
ISR LDORDY LL_ADC_ClearFlag
Note
Generic function with flag selected as parameter. Optimized functions for each flag are available.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
flag – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
(1) On STM32U5, parameter available only on ADC instance: ADC1/ADC2. (2) On STM32U5, parameter available only on ADC instance: ADC4.
-
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_ADRDY
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Clear flag ADC ready.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR ADRDY LL_ADC_ClearFlag_ADRDY
Note
On this STM32 series, flag LL_ADC_FLAG_ADRDY is raised when the ADC is enabled and when conversion clock is active. (not only core clock: this ADC has a dual clock domain)
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_EOC
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Clear flag ADC group regular end of unitary conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR EOC LL_ADC_ClearFlag_EOC
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_EOS
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Clear flag ADC group regular end of sequence conversions.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR EOS LL_ADC_ClearFlag_EOS
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_OVR
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Clear flag ADC group regular overrun.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR OVR LL_ADC_ClearFlag_OVR
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_EOSMP
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Clear flag ADC group regular end of sampling phase.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR EOSMP LL_ADC_ClearFlag_EOSMP
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_JEOC
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Clear flag ADC group injected end of unitary conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR JEOC LL_ADC_ClearFlag_JEOC
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_JEOS
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Clear flag ADC group injected end of sequence conversions.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR JEOS LL_ADC_ClearFlag_JEOS
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_AWD1
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Clear flag ADC analog watchdog 1 out of window event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR AWD1 LL_ADC_ClearFlag_AWD1
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_AWD2
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Clear flag ADC analog watchdog 2 out of window event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR AWD2 LL_ADC_ClearFlag_AWD2
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_AWD3
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Clear flag ADC analog watchdog 3 out of window event.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR AWD3 LL_ADC_ClearFlag_AWD3
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_EOCAL
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Clear flag ADC end of calibration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR EOCAL LL_ADC_ClearFlag_EOCAL
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_LDORDY
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Clear flag ADC internal voltage regulator (LDO) ready.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
ISR LDORDY LL_ADC_ClearFlag_LDORDY
Note
On this STM32 series, this flag indicates LDO state in different way depending on ADC instances:
-
ADC4: latched as other flags, clear flag function available
-
ADC1, ADC2 (if available): current state (not latched as other flags, no clear flag function)
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
flag
)
ADC IT management ¶
- group ADC_LL_EF_IT_Management
-
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
it
)
¶
-
Enable ADC interruption.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER ADRDY LL_ADC_EnableIT
IER EOC LL_ADC_EnableIT
IER EOS LL_ADC_EnableIT
IER OVR LL_ADC_EnableIT
IER EOSMP LL_ADC_EnableIT
IER JEOC LL_ADC_EnableIT
IER JEOS LL_ADC_EnableIT
IER AWD1 LL_ADC_EnableIT
IER AWD2 LL_ADC_EnableIT
IER AWD3 LL_ADC_EnableIT
IER EOCAL LL_ADC_EnableIT
IER LDORDY LL_ADC_EnableIT
Note
Generic function with flag selected as parameter. Optimized functions for each flag are available.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
it – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
(1) On STM32U5, parameter available only on ADC instance: ADC1/ADC2. (2) On STM32U5, parameter available only on ADC instance: ADC4.
-
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT_ADRDY
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Enable ADC ready.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER ADRDYIE LL_ADC_EnableIT_ADRDY
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT_EOC
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Enable interruption ADC group regular end of unitary conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER EOCIE LL_ADC_EnableIT_EOC
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT_EOS
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Enable interruption ADC group regular end of sequence conversions.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER EOSIE LL_ADC_EnableIT_EOS
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT_OVR
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Enable ADC group regular interruption overrun.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER OVRIE LL_ADC_EnableIT_OVR
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT_EOSMP
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Enable interruption ADC group regular end of sampling.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER EOSMPIE LL_ADC_EnableIT_EOSMP
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT_JEOC
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Enable interruption ADC group injected end of unitary conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER JEOCIE LL_ADC_EnableIT_JEOC
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT_JEOS
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Enable interruption ADC group injected end of sequence conversions.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER JEOSIE LL_ADC_EnableIT_JEOS
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT_AWD1
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Enable interruption ADC analog watchdog 1.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER AWD1IE LL_ADC_EnableIT_AWD1
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT_AWD2
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Enable interruption ADC analog watchdog 2.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER AWD2IE LL_ADC_EnableIT_AWD2
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT_AWD3
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Enable interruption ADC analog watchdog 3.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER AWD3IE LL_ADC_EnableIT_AWD3
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT_EOCAL
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Enable interruption ADC end of calibration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER EOCALIE LL_ADC_EnableIT_EOCAL
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableIT
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
it
)
¶
-
Disable ADC interruption.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER ADRDY LL_ADC_DisableIT
IER EOC LL_ADC_DisableIT
IER EOS LL_ADC_DisableIT
IER OVR LL_ADC_DisableIT
IER EOSMP LL_ADC_DisableIT
IER JEOC LL_ADC_DisableIT
IER JEOS LL_ADC_DisableIT
IER AWD1 LL_ADC_DisableIT
IER AWD2 LL_ADC_DisableIT
IER AWD3 LL_ADC_DisableIT
IER EOCAL LL_ADC_DisableIT
IER LDORDY LL_ADC_DisableIT
Note
Generic function with flag selected as parameter. Optimized functions for each flag are also available.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
it – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
(1) On STM32U5, parameter available only on ADC instance: ADC1/ADC2. (2) On STM32U5, parameter available only on ADC instance: ADC4.
-
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableIT_ADRDY
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Disable interruption ADC ready.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER ADRDYIE LL_ADC_DisableIT_ADRDY
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableIT_EOC
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Disable interruption ADC group regular end of unitary conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER EOCIE LL_ADC_DisableIT_EOC
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableIT_EOS
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Disable interruption ADC group regular end of sequence conversions.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER EOSIE LL_ADC_DisableIT_EOS
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableIT_OVR
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Disable interruption ADC group regular overrun.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER OVRIE LL_ADC_DisableIT_OVR
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableIT_EOSMP
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Disable interruption ADC group regular end of sampling.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER EOSMPIE LL_ADC_DisableIT_EOSMP
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableIT_JEOC
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Disable interruption ADC group regular end of unitary conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER JEOCIE LL_ADC_DisableIT_JEOC
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableIT_JEOS
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Disable interruption ADC group injected end of sequence conversions.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER JEOSIE LL_ADC_DisableIT_JEOS
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableIT_AWD1
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Disable interruption ADC analog watchdog 1.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER AWD1IE LL_ADC_DisableIT_AWD1
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableIT_AWD2
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Disable interruption ADC analog watchdog 2.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER AWD2IE LL_ADC_DisableIT_AWD2
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableIT_AWD3
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Disable interruption ADC analog watchdog 3.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER AWD3IE LL_ADC_DisableIT_AWD3
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableIT_EOCAL
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Disable interruption ADC end of calibration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER EOCALIE LL_ADC_DisableIT_EOCAL
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
it
)
¶
-
Get state of ADC interruption.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER ADRDY LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
IER EOC LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
IER EOS LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
IER OVR LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
IER EOSMP LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
IER JEOC LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
IER JEOS LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
IER AWD1 LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
IER AWD2 LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
IER AWD3 LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
IER EOCAL LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
IER LDORDY LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
Note
Generic function with flag selected as parameter. Optimized functions for each flag are available.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
it – This parameter can be one of the following values:
(1) On STM32U5, parameter available only on ADC instance: ADC1/ADC2. (2) On STM32U5, parameter available only on ADC instance: ADC4.
-
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_ADRDY
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get state of interruption ADC ready (0: interrupt disabled, 1: interrupt enabled).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER ADRDYIE LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_ADRDY
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_EOC
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get state of interruption ADC group regular end of unitary conversion (0: interrupt disabled, 1: interrupt enabled).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER EOCIE LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_EOC
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_EOS
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get state of interruption ADC group regular end of sequence conversions (0: interrupt disabled, 1: interrupt enabled).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER EOSIE LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_EOS
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_OVR
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get state of interruption ADC group regular overrun (0: interrupt disabled, 1: interrupt enabled).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER OVRIE LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_OVR
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_EOSMP
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get state of interruption ADC group regular end of sampling (0: interrupt disabled, 1: interrupt enabled).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER EOSMPIE LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_EOSMP
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_JEOC
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get state of interruption ADC group injected end of unitary conversion (0: interrupt disabled, 1: interrupt enabled).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER JEOCIE LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_JEOC
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_JEOS
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get state of interruption ADC group injected end of sequence conversions (0: interrupt disabled, 1: interrupt enabled).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER JEOSIE LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_JEOS
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_AWD1
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get state of interruption ADC analog watchdog 1 out of window event. (0: interrupt disabled, 1: interrupt enabled).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER AWD1IE LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_AWD1
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_AWD2
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get state of interruption ADC analog watchdog 2 out of window event. (0: interrupt disabled, 1: interrupt enabled).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER AWD2IE LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_AWD2
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_AWD3
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get state of interruption ADC analog watchdog 3 out of window event. (0: interrupt disabled, 1: interrupt enabled).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER AWD3IE LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_AWD3
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_EOCAL
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
¶
-
Get state of interruption ADC end of calibration (0: interrupt disabled, 1: interrupt enabled).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER EOCALIE LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_EOCAL
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
it
)
¶
- group ADC_LL_EF_IT_Management
-
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
it
)
-
Enable ADC interruption.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER ADRDY LL_ADC_EnableIT
IER EOC LL_ADC_EnableIT
IER EOS LL_ADC_EnableIT
IER OVR LL_ADC_EnableIT
IER EOSMP LL_ADC_EnableIT
IER JEOC LL_ADC_EnableIT
IER JEOS LL_ADC_EnableIT
IER AWD1 LL_ADC_EnableIT
IER AWD2 LL_ADC_EnableIT
IER AWD3 LL_ADC_EnableIT
IER EOCAL LL_ADC_EnableIT
IER LDORDY LL_ADC_EnableIT
Note
Generic function with flag selected as parameter. Optimized functions for each flag are available.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
it – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
(1) On STM32U5, parameter available only on ADC instance: ADC1/ADC2. (2) On STM32U5, parameter available only on ADC instance: ADC4.
-
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT_ADRDY
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Enable ADC ready.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER ADRDYIE LL_ADC_EnableIT_ADRDY
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT_EOC
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Enable interruption ADC group regular end of unitary conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER EOCIE LL_ADC_EnableIT_EOC
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT_EOS
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Enable interruption ADC group regular end of sequence conversions.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER EOSIE LL_ADC_EnableIT_EOS
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT_OVR
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Enable ADC group regular interruption overrun.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER OVRIE LL_ADC_EnableIT_OVR
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT_EOSMP
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Enable interruption ADC group regular end of sampling.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER EOSMPIE LL_ADC_EnableIT_EOSMP
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT_JEOC
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Enable interruption ADC group injected end of unitary conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER JEOCIE LL_ADC_EnableIT_JEOC
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT_JEOS
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Enable interruption ADC group injected end of sequence conversions.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER JEOSIE LL_ADC_EnableIT_JEOS
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT_AWD1
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Enable interruption ADC analog watchdog 1.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER AWD1IE LL_ADC_EnableIT_AWD1
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT_AWD2
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Enable interruption ADC analog watchdog 2.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER AWD2IE LL_ADC_EnableIT_AWD2
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT_AWD3
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Enable interruption ADC analog watchdog 3.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER AWD3IE LL_ADC_EnableIT_AWD3
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT_EOCAL
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Enable interruption ADC end of calibration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER EOCALIE LL_ADC_EnableIT_EOCAL
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableIT
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
it
)
-
Disable ADC interruption.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER ADRDY LL_ADC_DisableIT
IER EOC LL_ADC_DisableIT
IER EOS LL_ADC_DisableIT
IER OVR LL_ADC_DisableIT
IER EOSMP LL_ADC_DisableIT
IER JEOC LL_ADC_DisableIT
IER JEOS LL_ADC_DisableIT
IER AWD1 LL_ADC_DisableIT
IER AWD2 LL_ADC_DisableIT
IER AWD3 LL_ADC_DisableIT
IER EOCAL LL_ADC_DisableIT
IER LDORDY LL_ADC_DisableIT
Note
Generic function with flag selected as parameter. Optimized functions for each flag are also available.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
it – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
(1) On STM32U5, parameter available only on ADC instance: ADC1/ADC2. (2) On STM32U5, parameter available only on ADC instance: ADC4.
-
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableIT_ADRDY
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Disable interruption ADC ready.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER ADRDYIE LL_ADC_DisableIT_ADRDY
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableIT_EOC
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Disable interruption ADC group regular end of unitary conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER EOCIE LL_ADC_DisableIT_EOC
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableIT_EOS
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Disable interruption ADC group regular end of sequence conversions.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER EOSIE LL_ADC_DisableIT_EOS
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableIT_OVR
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Disable interruption ADC group regular overrun.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER OVRIE LL_ADC_DisableIT_OVR
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableIT_EOSMP
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Disable interruption ADC group regular end of sampling.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER EOSMPIE LL_ADC_DisableIT_EOSMP
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableIT_JEOC
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Disable interruption ADC group regular end of unitary conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER JEOCIE LL_ADC_DisableIT_JEOC
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableIT_JEOS
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Disable interruption ADC group injected end of sequence conversions.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER JEOSIE LL_ADC_DisableIT_JEOS
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableIT_AWD1
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Disable interruption ADC analog watchdog 1.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER AWD1IE LL_ADC_DisableIT_AWD1
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableIT_AWD2
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Disable interruption ADC analog watchdog 2.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER AWD2IE LL_ADC_DisableIT_AWD2
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableIT_AWD3
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Disable interruption ADC analog watchdog 3.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER AWD3IE LL_ADC_DisableIT_AWD3
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableIT_EOCAL
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Disable interruption ADC end of calibration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER EOCALIE LL_ADC_DisableIT_EOCAL
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
it
)
-
Get state of ADC interruption.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER ADRDY LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
IER EOC LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
IER EOS LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
IER OVR LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
IER EOSMP LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
IER JEOC LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
IER JEOS LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
IER AWD1 LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
IER AWD2 LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
IER AWD3 LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
IER EOCAL LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
IER LDORDY LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
Note
Generic function with flag selected as parameter. Optimized functions for each flag are available.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
it – This parameter can be one of the following values:
(1) On STM32U5, parameter available only on ADC instance: ADC1/ADC2. (2) On STM32U5, parameter available only on ADC instance: ADC4.
-
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_ADRDY
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get state of interruption ADC ready (0: interrupt disabled, 1: interrupt enabled).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER ADRDYIE LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_ADRDY
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_EOC
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get state of interruption ADC group regular end of unitary conversion (0: interrupt disabled, 1: interrupt enabled).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER EOCIE LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_EOC
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_EOS
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get state of interruption ADC group regular end of sequence conversions (0: interrupt disabled, 1: interrupt enabled).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER EOSIE LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_EOS
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_OVR
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get state of interruption ADC group regular overrun (0: interrupt disabled, 1: interrupt enabled).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER OVRIE LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_OVR
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_EOSMP
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get state of interruption ADC group regular end of sampling (0: interrupt disabled, 1: interrupt enabled).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER EOSMPIE LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_EOSMP
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_JEOC
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get state of interruption ADC group injected end of unitary conversion (0: interrupt disabled, 1: interrupt enabled).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER JEOCIE LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_JEOC
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_JEOS
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get state of interruption ADC group injected end of sequence conversions (0: interrupt disabled, 1: interrupt enabled).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER JEOSIE LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_JEOS
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_AWD1
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get state of interruption ADC analog watchdog 1 out of window event. (0: interrupt disabled, 1: interrupt enabled).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER AWD1IE LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_AWD1
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_AWD2
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get state of interruption ADC analog watchdog 2 out of window event. (0: interrupt disabled, 1: interrupt enabled).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER AWD2IE LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_AWD2
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_AWD3
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get state of interruption ADC analog watchdog 3 out of window event. (0: interrupt disabled, 1: interrupt enabled).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER AWD3IE LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_AWD3
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_EOCAL
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get state of interruption ADC end of calibration (0: interrupt disabled, 1: interrupt enabled).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER EOCALIE LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_EOCAL
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
it
)
- group ADC_LL_EF_IT_Management
-
Functions
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
it
)
-
Enable ADC interruption.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER ADRDY LL_ADC_EnableIT
IER EOC LL_ADC_EnableIT
IER EOS LL_ADC_EnableIT
IER OVR LL_ADC_EnableIT
IER EOSMP LL_ADC_EnableIT
IER JEOC LL_ADC_EnableIT
IER JEOS LL_ADC_EnableIT
IER AWD1 LL_ADC_EnableIT
IER AWD2 LL_ADC_EnableIT
IER AWD3 LL_ADC_EnableIT
IER EOCAL LL_ADC_EnableIT
IER LDORDY LL_ADC_EnableIT
Note
Generic function with flag selected as parameter. Optimized functions for each flag are available.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
it – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
(1) On STM32U5, parameter available only on ADC instance: ADC1/ADC2. (2) On STM32U5, parameter available only on ADC instance: ADC4.
-
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT_ADRDY
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Enable ADC ready.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER ADRDYIE LL_ADC_EnableIT_ADRDY
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT_EOC
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Enable interruption ADC group regular end of unitary conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER EOCIE LL_ADC_EnableIT_EOC
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT_EOS
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Enable interruption ADC group regular end of sequence conversions.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER EOSIE LL_ADC_EnableIT_EOS
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT_OVR
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Enable ADC group regular interruption overrun.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER OVRIE LL_ADC_EnableIT_OVR
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT_EOSMP
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Enable interruption ADC group regular end of sampling.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER EOSMPIE LL_ADC_EnableIT_EOSMP
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT_JEOC
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Enable interruption ADC group injected end of unitary conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER JEOCIE LL_ADC_EnableIT_JEOC
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT_JEOS
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Enable interruption ADC group injected end of sequence conversions.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER JEOSIE LL_ADC_EnableIT_JEOS
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT_AWD1
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Enable interruption ADC analog watchdog 1.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER AWD1IE LL_ADC_EnableIT_AWD1
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT_AWD2
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Enable interruption ADC analog watchdog 2.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER AWD2IE LL_ADC_EnableIT_AWD2
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT_AWD3
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Enable interruption ADC analog watchdog 3.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER AWD3IE LL_ADC_EnableIT_AWD3
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT_EOCAL
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Enable interruption ADC end of calibration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER EOCALIE LL_ADC_EnableIT_EOCAL
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableIT
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
it
)
-
Disable ADC interruption.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER ADRDY LL_ADC_DisableIT
IER EOC LL_ADC_DisableIT
IER EOS LL_ADC_DisableIT
IER OVR LL_ADC_DisableIT
IER EOSMP LL_ADC_DisableIT
IER JEOC LL_ADC_DisableIT
IER JEOS LL_ADC_DisableIT
IER AWD1 LL_ADC_DisableIT
IER AWD2 LL_ADC_DisableIT
IER AWD3 LL_ADC_DisableIT
IER EOCAL LL_ADC_DisableIT
IER LDORDY LL_ADC_DisableIT
Note
Generic function with flag selected as parameter. Optimized functions for each flag are also available.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
it – This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
(1) On STM32U5, parameter available only on ADC instance: ADC1/ADC2. (2) On STM32U5, parameter available only on ADC instance: ADC4.
-
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableIT_ADRDY
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Disable interruption ADC ready.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER ADRDYIE LL_ADC_DisableIT_ADRDY
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableIT_EOC
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Disable interruption ADC group regular end of unitary conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER EOCIE LL_ADC_DisableIT_EOC
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableIT_EOS
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Disable interruption ADC group regular end of sequence conversions.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER EOSIE LL_ADC_DisableIT_EOS
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableIT_OVR
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Disable interruption ADC group regular overrun.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER OVRIE LL_ADC_DisableIT_OVR
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableIT_EOSMP
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Disable interruption ADC group regular end of sampling.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER EOSMPIE LL_ADC_DisableIT_EOSMP
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableIT_JEOC
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Disable interruption ADC group regular end of unitary conversion.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER JEOCIE LL_ADC_DisableIT_JEOC
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableIT_JEOS
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Disable interruption ADC group injected end of sequence conversions.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER JEOSIE LL_ADC_DisableIT_JEOS
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableIT_AWD1
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Disable interruption ADC analog watchdog 1.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER AWD1IE LL_ADC_DisableIT_AWD1
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableIT_AWD2
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Disable interruption ADC analog watchdog 2.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER AWD2IE LL_ADC_DisableIT_AWD2
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableIT_AWD3
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Disable interruption ADC analog watchdog 3.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER AWD3IE LL_ADC_DisableIT_AWD3
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
void
LL_ADC_DisableIT_EOCAL
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Disable interruption ADC end of calibration.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER EOCALIE LL_ADC_DisableIT_EOCAL
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
it
)
-
Get state of ADC interruption.
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER ADRDY LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
IER EOC LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
IER EOS LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
IER OVR LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
IER EOSMP LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
IER JEOC LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
IER JEOS LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
IER AWD1 LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
IER AWD2 LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
IER AWD3 LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
IER EOCAL LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
IER LDORDY LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT
Note
Generic function with flag selected as parameter. Optimized functions for each flag are available.
- Parameters :
-
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
-
it – This parameter can be one of the following values:
(1) On STM32U5, parameter available only on ADC instance: ADC1/ADC2. (2) On STM32U5, parameter available only on ADC instance: ADC4.
-
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_ADRDY
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get state of interruption ADC ready (0: interrupt disabled, 1: interrupt enabled).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER ADRDYIE LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_ADRDY
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_EOC
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get state of interruption ADC group regular end of unitary conversion (0: interrupt disabled, 1: interrupt enabled).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER EOCIE LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_EOC
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_EOS
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get state of interruption ADC group regular end of sequence conversions (0: interrupt disabled, 1: interrupt enabled).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER EOSIE LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_EOS
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_OVR
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get state of interruption ADC group regular overrun (0: interrupt disabled, 1: interrupt enabled).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER OVRIE LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_OVR
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_EOSMP
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get state of interruption ADC group regular end of sampling (0: interrupt disabled, 1: interrupt enabled).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER EOSMPIE LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_EOSMP
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_JEOC
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get state of interruption ADC group injected end of unitary conversion (0: interrupt disabled, 1: interrupt enabled).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER JEOCIE LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_JEOC
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_JEOS
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get state of interruption ADC group injected end of sequence conversions (0: interrupt disabled, 1: interrupt enabled).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER JEOSIE LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_JEOS
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_AWD1
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get state of interruption ADC analog watchdog 1 out of window event. (0: interrupt disabled, 1: interrupt enabled).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER AWD1IE LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_AWD1
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_AWD2
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get state of interruption ADC analog watchdog 2 out of window event. (0: interrupt disabled, 1: interrupt enabled).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER AWD2IE LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_AWD2
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_AWD3
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get state of interruption ADC analog watchdog 3 out of window event. (0: interrupt disabled, 1: interrupt enabled).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER AWD3IE LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_AWD3
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
uint32_t
LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_EOCAL
(
const
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
)
-
Get state of interruption ADC end of calibration (0: interrupt disabled, 1: interrupt enabled).
- Reference Manual to LL API cross reference (Register Field Functions)
-
IER EOCALIE LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_EOCAL
- Parameters :
-
p_adc – Pointer to ADC instance
- Return values :
-
State – of bit (1 or 0).
-
void
LL_ADC_EnableIT
(
ADC_TypeDef
*
p_adc
,
uint32_t
it
)